User login
Safety and Effectiveness of Nonsteroidal Tapinarof Cream 1% Added to Ongoing Biologic Therapy for Treatment of Moderate to Severe Plaque Psoriasis
Safety and Effectiveness of Nonsteroidal Tapinarof Cream 1% Added to Ongoing Biologic Therapy for Treatment of Moderate to Severe Plaque Psoriasis
The estimated prevalence of psoriasis in individuals older than 20 years in the United States has been reported at approximately 3%, or more than 7.5 million people.1 There currently is no cure for psoriasis, and available therapeutics, including phototherapy,2 topical therapies,3 systemic medications,4 and biologic agents,5 are focused only on controlling symptoms. The National Psoriasis Foundation defines an acceptable treatment response for plaque psoriasis as 3% or lower body surface area (BSA) involvement after 3 months of therapy, with a treat-to-target (TTT) goal of 1% or less BSA involvement.6
Cytokines are known to mediate psoriasis pathology, and biologic therapies target the signaling cascade of various cytokines. Biologics approved to treat moderate to severe plaque psoriasis include IgG monoclonal antibodies binding and inhibiting the activity of interleukin (IL)-17 (ixekizumab,7 secukinumab8), IL-23 (guselkumab,9 risankizumab,10 tildrakizumab11), and IL-12/23 (ustekinumab12). Despite targeting these cytokines, biologics may not sufficiently suppress the symptoms of psoriatic disease and their severity in all patients. Adding a topical treatment to biologic therapy can augment clinical response without increasing the incidence of adverse effects13-15 and may reduce the need to switch biologics due to ineffectiveness. Switching biologics likely would increase cost burden to the health care system and/or patient depending on their insurance plan and possibly introduce new safety and/or tolerability issues.16,17
In patients who do not adequately respond to biologics, better responses were reported when topical medications including halobetasol propionate–tazarotene lotion16 or calcipotriene/betamethasone dipropionate foam17,18 were administered. In randomized or open-label, real-world studies, patients with psoriasis responded well when topical medications were added to a biologic, such as tildrakizumab combined with halcinonide ointment 0.1%,19 etanercept combined with topical clobetasol propionate foam,20 or adalimumab combined with calcipotriene/betamethasone dipropionate foam.21 No additional safety concerns were observed with the topical add-ons in any of these studies.
Tapinarof is an aryl hydrocarbon receptor agonist approved by the US Food and Drug Administration for topical treatment of plaque psoriasis in adults.22 It is a first-in-class small molecule with a novel mechanism of action that downregulates IL-17A and IL-17F and normalizes the skin barrier through expression of filaggrin, loricrin, and involucrin; it also has antioxidant activity.23 In the phase 3 PSOARING 1 and 2 trials, daily application of tapinarof cream was safe and efficacious in patients with plaque psoriasis,24,25 with a remittive (maintenance) effect of a median of approximately 4 months after discontinuation.25 In these 2 phase 3 studies, tapinarof significantly (P<0.01 at week 12) relieved itch, which was seen rapidly (P<0.05 at week 2),26 improved quality of life,27 and led to high patient satisfaction.27 When tapinarof cream was combined with deucravacitinib in a patient with severe plaque psoriasis, symptoms rapidly cleared, with a 75% decrease in disease severity after 4 weeks.28
The objective of this prospective, open-label, real-world, single-center study was to assess the effectiveness, safety, and remittive (or maintenance) effect of nonsteroidal tapinarof cream 1% added to ongoing biologic therapy in patients with plaque psoriasis who were not adequately responding to a biologic alone.
Methods
Study Design and Participants—This prospective, open-label, real-world, single-center study assessed the safety and effectiveness of
Eligible participants were otherwise healthy males and females aged 18 years and older with moderate to severe plaque psoriasis (BSA involvement ≥3%) who had been treated with a biologic for 24 weeks or more. Patients were recruited from the Psoriasis Treatment Center of New Jersey (East Windsor, New Jersey). Exclusion criteria were recent use of oral systemic therapies (within 4 weeks of baseline) or topical therapies (within 2 weeks) to treat psoriasis, recent use of UVB (within 2 weeks) or psoralen plus UVA (within 4 weeks) phototherapy, or use of any investigational drug within 4 weeks of baseline (or within 5 pharmacokinetic/pharmacodynamic half-lives, whichever was longer). Patients who were pregnant or breastfeeding or who had any known hypersensitivity to the excipients of tapinarof cream also were excluded from the study.
Eligible participants received tapinarof cream 1% once daily plus their ongoing biologic for 12 weeks, after which tapinarof was discontinued and the biologic was continued for an additional 4 weeks. A remittive (maintenance) effect was assessed at week 16.
Study Outcomes—Safety and efficacy were evaluated at baseline and weeks 2, 4, 8, 12, and 16. The primary end point was the proportion of patients who reached the TTT goal of 1% or less BSA involvement at week 12. Secondary end points included the proportion of patients with 1% or less BSA involvement at weeks 2, 4, 8, and 16; and PGA scores, composite PGA multiplied by mean percentage of BSA involvement (PGA×BSA), and PASI scores at baseline and weeks 2, 4, 8, 12, and 16. The patient-reported outcomes of Dermatology Life Quality Index (DLQI) and Worst Itch Numeric Rating Scale (WI-NRS) scores also were evaluated at baseline and weeks 2, 4, 8, 12, and 16. In patients who had disease involvement on the scalp or genital region at baseline, Psoriasis Scalp Severity Index (PSSI) and Static Physician’s Global Assessment of Genitalia scores, respectively, were assessed at baseline and weeks 2, 4, 8, 12, and 16. Safety was determined by the incidence, severity, and relatedness of adverse events (AEs) and serious AEs.
Statistical Analysis—Approximately 30 participants were planned for enrollment and recruited consecutively as they were identified during screening against inclusion and exclusion criteria. Changes from baseline in all outcomes were summarized descriptively. Missing data were not imputed. Given the sample size, no formal statistical analyses were conducted. Safety was summarized by descriptively collating AEs and serious AEs, including their frequency, severity, and treatment relatedness.
Results
Thirty participants were enrolled in the study, and 20 fully completed the study. Nine discontinued treatment before week 12 (6 were lost to follow-up, 2 were terminated early by the investigators, and 1 voluntarily withdrew); 1 additional participant was lost to follow-up after week 12. Patients were predominantly male (20/30 [66.7%]) and White (21/30 [70.0%]); the mean age of all participants was 55.4 years, and the mean (SD) duration of psoriasis was 21.4 (15.0) years (Table 1). The mean baseline percentage of BSA involvement and mean baseline PGA, PASI, and DLQI scores are shown in Table 1. Most (19/30 [63.3%]) patients received biologics that inhibited IL-23 activity (guselkumab, risankizumab, tildrakizumab), approximately one-third (9/30 [30.0%]) received biologics that inhibited IL-17 activity (ixekizumab, secukinumab), and 2 (6.7%) received biologics that inhibited IL-12/IL-23 activity (ustekinumab)(Table 1).

For the primary end point, 52.4% (11/21) of patients reached the TTT goal (BSA involvement ≤1% after 12 weeks of treatment with tapinarof cream added to a prescribed biologic). The proportion of patients reaching the TTT goal increased over time with the combined treatment (eFigure 1). Additionally, the mean percentage of BSA involvement (eFigure 2) as well as the mean values for PGA (eFigure 3) and PGA×BSA decreased over time. The mean percentage of BSA involvement was 5.0% at baseline and dropped to 2.0% by week 12. Similar reductions were observed for PGA and PGA×BSA scores at week 12.
After discontinuing tapinarof cream at week 12 and receiving only the biologic for 4 weeks, the proportion of patients maintaining 1% or less BSA involvement fell to 40.0% (8/20) at week 16, which was closer to that observed at week 8 (36% [9/25]) than at week 12 (52.4% [11/21])(eFigure 1).
The mean PASI score was 5.5 at baseline, then decreased over time when tapinarof cream was combined with a biologic (eFigure 4), falling to 3.1 by week 2 and 1.6 by week 12; it was maintained at 1.7 at week 16. Nine (30.0%) participants had psoriasis on the scalp at baseline with a mean PSSI score of 2.6, which decreased to 0.83 by week 2. By week 12, the mean PSSI score remained stable at 0.95 in the 2 (9.5%) participants who still had scalp involvement. The mean PSSI score increased slightly to 1.45 after patients received only the biologic for 4 weeks. At baseline, 3 (10.0%) patients had genital involvement (mean Static Physician’s Global Assessment of Genitalia score, 0.27). Symptoms resolved in 2 (66.7%) of these patients at week 2 and stayed consistent until week 16; the third patient withdrew at week 2.
Both DLQI and WI-NRS scores decreased with use of tapinarof cream added to a biologic up to week 12 (eFigures 5 and 6). Mean DLQI scores were 5.3 at baseline and 3.1 at week 12. At week 16, the mean DLQI score remained stable at 2.8. Mean WI-NRS scores decreased from 4.0 at baseline to 2.7 at week 12 with the therapy combination; at week 16, the mean WI-NRS score fell further to 1.8.
A total of 6 AEs were reported in 5 (16.7%) patients (Table 2). The majority (4/6 [67.0%]) of AEs were considered mild. Two reported cases of COVID-19 were both considered mild and unrelated. Mild folliculitis and moderate worsening of psoriasis in 2 (6.7%) different patients were the only AEs considered related to treatment. No serious AEs were reported, and no patient withdrew from the study due to an AE.

Comment
Disease activity improvements we observed with the nonsteroidal tapinarof cream were consistent with those reported when topical steroidal therapies were given to patients responding poorly to their current biologic. Our primary end point (proportion of patients with BSA involvement ≤1% after 12 weeks) showed that half (52% [11/21]) of patients whose BSA involvement was 3% or greater with a biologic for 24 weeks or more reached the TTT goal after 12 weeks of tapinarof-biologic treatment. Other studies of halobetasol propionate–tazarotene lotion16 and calcipotriene/betamethasone dipropionate foam17,18 added to the current biologic of poor responders found 60% to 68% of patients had reductions in their percentage BSA to 1% or lower at 12 to 16 weeks of treatment. Randomized studies showed etanercept plus topical clobetasol propionate foam20 or adalimumab plus calcipotriene/betamethasone dipropionate foam21 similarly enhanced treatment effects vs biologic alone.
A phase 3 PSOARING trial demonstrated benefit from treatment with tapinarof alone, with a remittive effect of approximately 4 months after discontinuation.25 Our data are consistent with these findings, with 40% (8/20) of patients demonstrating a remittive effect 4 weeks after discontinuing tapinarof while receiving a biologic. A similar maintenance effect was reported in another study in 50% (9/18) of patients treated with a biologic plus halobetasol propionate–tazarotene lotion.16 Additionally, when halcinonide ointment was given to patients receiving tildrakizumab, mean percentage of BSA involvement, PGA scores, PGA×BSA, and DLQI scores improved and were maintained 4 weeks after halcinonide ointment was stopped.19 Thus, topical therapy can augment and extend a biologic’s effect for up to 4 weeks.
In our study, tapinarof cream added to a biologic had a good safety and tolerability profile. Few AEs were recorded, with most being mild in nature, and no serious AEs or discontinuations due to AEs were reported. Only 1 case of mild folliculitis and 1 case of moderate worsening of psoriasis were considered treatment related. Further, no unexpected or new safety signals with the tapinarof-biologic combination were observed compared with tapinarof alone.27Prior studies have found that supplementing a biologic with topical therapy can reduce the probability of patients switching to another biologic.16,19 We previously found that adding halobetasol propionate–tazarotene lotion16 or calcipotriene/betamethasone dipropionate foam17 to a biologic helped reduce the probability of switching biologics from 88% to 90% at baseline to 12% to 24% after 12 weeks of combined therapy. Such combinations also could prevent a less responsive patient from being prescribed a higher biologic dose.19 These are important research findings, as patients—even when not responding well to their current biologic—are more likely to be tolerating that biologic well, and switching to a new biologic may introduce new safety or tolerability concerns. Thus, by enhancing the effect of a biologic with a topical therapy, one can avoid increasing the dose of the current biologic or switching to a new biologic, either of which may increase safety and/or tolerability risks. Switching biologics also has increased cost implications to the health care system and/or the patient. When comparing the cost of adding halobetasol propionate–tazarotene lotion to a biologic compared with switching to another biologic, the cost was 1.2 to 2.9 times higher to switch, depending on the biologic, compared with a smaller incremental cost increase to add a topical to the current biologic.16 Similar observations were reported with calcipotriene/betamethasone dipropionate foam plus a biologic.17 Although we did not evaluate biologic switching here, we anticipate a similar clinical scenario with a tapinarof-biologic combination.
Limitations of our study included the open-label design, lack of a control arm, and the relatively small study population; however, for studies investigating the safety and effectiveness of a treatment in a real-world setting, these limitations are common and are not unexpected. Our results also are consistent with the overall improvement seen in other studies16-21 examining the effects of adding a topical to a biologic. Future research is warranted to investigate a longer remittive effect and potential health care system and patient cost savings without having to switch biologics due to lack of effectiveness.
Conclusion
This study demonstrated that adjunctive use of nonsteroidal tapinarof cream 1% may enhance a biologic treatment effect in patients with moderate to severe plaque psoriasis, providing an adequate response for many patients who were not responding well to a biologic alone. Clinical outcomes improved with the tapinarof-biologic combination, and a remittive effect was noted 4 weeks after tapinarof discontinuation without any new safety signals. Adding tapinarof cream to a biologic also may prevent the need to switch biologics when patients do not sufficiently respond, preserving the safety and cost associated with a patient’s current biologic.
- Armstrong AW, Mehta MD, Schupp CW, et al. Psoriasis prevalence in adults in the United States. JAMA Dermatol. 2021;157:940-946. doi:10.1001/jamadermatol.2021.2007
- Elmets CA, Lim HW, Stoff B, et al. Joint American Academy of Dermatology-National Psoriasis Foundation guidelines of care for the management and treatment of psoriasis with phototherapy. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2019;81:775-804. doi:10.1016/j.jaad.2019.04.042
- Elmets CA, Korman NJ, Prater EF, et al. Joint AAD-NPF guidelines of care for the management and treatment of psoriasis with topical therapy and alternative medicine modalities for psoriasis severity measures. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2021;84:432-470. doi:10.1016/j.jaad.2020.07.087
- Menter A, Gelfand JM, Connor C, et al. Joint American Academy of Dermatology-National Psoriasis Foundation guidelines of care for the management of psoriasis with systemic nonbiological therapies. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2020;82:1445-1486. doi:10.1016/j.jaad.2020.02.044
- Menter A, Strober BE, Kaplan DH, et al. Joint AAD-NPF guidelines of care for the management and treatment of psoriasis with biologics. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2019;80:1029-1072. doi:10.1016/j.jaad.2018.11.057
- Armstrong AW, Siegel MP, Bagel J, et al. From the Medical Board of the National Psoriasis Foundation: treatment targets for plaque psoriasis.J Am Acad Dermatol. 2017;76:290-298. doi:10.1016/j.jaad.2016.10.017
- Taltz. Prescribing information. Eli Lilly and Company; 2024.
- Cosentyx. Prescribing information. Novartis Pharmaceuticals Corporation; 2023.
- Tremfya. Prescribing information. Janssen Biotech, Inc; 2023.
- Skyrizi. Prescribing information. AbbVie Inc; 2024.
- Ilumya. Prescribing information. Sun Pharmaceutical Industries, Inc; 2020.
- Stelara. Prescribing information. Janssen Biotech, Inc; 2022.
- Bagel J, Gold LS. Combining topical psoriasis treatment to enhance systemic and phototherapy: a review of the literature. J Drugs Dermatol. 2017;16:1209-1222.
- Jensen JD, Delcambre MR, Nguyen G, et al. Biologic therapy with or without topical treatment in psoriasis: what does the current evidence say? Am J Clin Dermatol. 2014;15:379-385. doi:10.1007/s40257-014-0089-1
- Gustafson CJ, Watkins C, Hix E, et al. Combination therapy in psoriasis: an evidence-based review. Am J Clin Dermatol. 2013;14:9-25. doi:10.1007/s40257-012-0003-7
- Bagel J, Novak K, Nelson E. Adjunctive use of halobetasol propionate-tazarotene in biologic-experienced patients with psoriasis. Cutis. 2022;109:103-109. doi:10.12788/cutis.0451
- Bagel J, Nelson E, Zapata J, et al. Adjunctive use of calcipotriene/betamethasone dipropionate foam in a real-world setting curtails the cost of biologics without reducing efficacy in psoriasis. Dermatol Ther (Heidelb). 2020;10:1383-1396. doi:10.1007/s13555-020-00454-z
- Bagel J, Zapata J, Nelson E. A prospective, open-label study evaluating adjunctive calcipotriene 0.005%/betamethasone dipropionate 0.064% foam in psoriasis patients with inadequate response to biologic therapy. J Drugs Dermatol. 2018;17:611-616.
- Bagel J, Novak K, Nelson E. Tildrakizumab in combination with topical halcinonide 0.1% ointment for treating moderate to severe plaque psoriasis. J Drugs Dermatol. 2023;22:766-772. doi:10.36849/jdd.6830
- Lebwohl MG, Kircik L, Callis Duffin K, et al. A randomized study to evaluate the efficacy and safety of adding topical therapy to etanercept in patients with moderate to severe plaque psoriasis. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2013;69:385-392. doi:10.1016/j.jaad.2013.03.031
- Thaci D, Ortonne JP, Chimenti S, et al. A phase IIIb, multicentre, randomized, double-blind, vehicle-controlled study of the efficacy and safety of adalimumab with and without calcipotriol/betamethasone topical treatment in patients with moderate to severe psoriasis: the BELIEVE study. Br J Dermatol. 2010;163:402-411. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2133.2010.09791.x
- Vtama. Prescribing information. Dermavant Sciences, Inc; 2022.
- Bobonich M, Gorelick J, Aldredge L, et al. Tapinarof, a novel, first-in-class, topical therapeutic aryl hydrocarbon receptor agonist for the management of psoriasis. J Drugs Dermatol. 2023;22:779-784. doi:10.36849/jdd.7317
- Lebwohl MG, Stein Gold L, Strober B, et al. Phase 3 trials of tapinarof cream for plaque psoriasis. N Engl J Med. 2021;385:2219-2229. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa2103629
- Strober B, Stein Gold L, Bissonnette R, et al. One-year safety and efficacy of tapinarof cream for the treatment of plaque psoriasis: results from the PSOARING 3 trial. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2022;87:800-806. doi:10.1016/j.jaad.2022.06.1171
- Kircik L, Zirwas M, Kwatra SG, et al. Rapid improvements in itch with tapinarof cream 1% once daily in two phase 3 trials in adults with mild to severe plaque psoriasis. Dermatol Ther (Heidelb). 2024;14:201-211. doi:10.1007/s13555-023-01068-x
- Bagel J, Gold LS, Del Rosso J, et al. Tapinarof cream 1% once daily for the treatment of plaque psoriasis: patient-reported outcomes from the PSOARING 3 trial. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2023;89:936-944. doi:10.1016/j.jaad.2023.04.061
- Abdin R, Kircik L, Issa NT. First use of combination oral deucravacitinib with tapinarof cream for treatment of severe plaque psoriasis. J Drugs Dermatol. 2024;23:192-194. doi:10.36849/jdd.8091
The estimated prevalence of psoriasis in individuals older than 20 years in the United States has been reported at approximately 3%, or more than 7.5 million people.1 There currently is no cure for psoriasis, and available therapeutics, including phototherapy,2 topical therapies,3 systemic medications,4 and biologic agents,5 are focused only on controlling symptoms. The National Psoriasis Foundation defines an acceptable treatment response for plaque psoriasis as 3% or lower body surface area (BSA) involvement after 3 months of therapy, with a treat-to-target (TTT) goal of 1% or less BSA involvement.6
Cytokines are known to mediate psoriasis pathology, and biologic therapies target the signaling cascade of various cytokines. Biologics approved to treat moderate to severe plaque psoriasis include IgG monoclonal antibodies binding and inhibiting the activity of interleukin (IL)-17 (ixekizumab,7 secukinumab8), IL-23 (guselkumab,9 risankizumab,10 tildrakizumab11), and IL-12/23 (ustekinumab12). Despite targeting these cytokines, biologics may not sufficiently suppress the symptoms of psoriatic disease and their severity in all patients. Adding a topical treatment to biologic therapy can augment clinical response without increasing the incidence of adverse effects13-15 and may reduce the need to switch biologics due to ineffectiveness. Switching biologics likely would increase cost burden to the health care system and/or patient depending on their insurance plan and possibly introduce new safety and/or tolerability issues.16,17
In patients who do not adequately respond to biologics, better responses were reported when topical medications including halobetasol propionate–tazarotene lotion16 or calcipotriene/betamethasone dipropionate foam17,18 were administered. In randomized or open-label, real-world studies, patients with psoriasis responded well when topical medications were added to a biologic, such as tildrakizumab combined with halcinonide ointment 0.1%,19 etanercept combined with topical clobetasol propionate foam,20 or adalimumab combined with calcipotriene/betamethasone dipropionate foam.21 No additional safety concerns were observed with the topical add-ons in any of these studies.
Tapinarof is an aryl hydrocarbon receptor agonist approved by the US Food and Drug Administration for topical treatment of plaque psoriasis in adults.22 It is a first-in-class small molecule with a novel mechanism of action that downregulates IL-17A and IL-17F and normalizes the skin barrier through expression of filaggrin, loricrin, and involucrin; it also has antioxidant activity.23 In the phase 3 PSOARING 1 and 2 trials, daily application of tapinarof cream was safe and efficacious in patients with plaque psoriasis,24,25 with a remittive (maintenance) effect of a median of approximately 4 months after discontinuation.25 In these 2 phase 3 studies, tapinarof significantly (P<0.01 at week 12) relieved itch, which was seen rapidly (P<0.05 at week 2),26 improved quality of life,27 and led to high patient satisfaction.27 When tapinarof cream was combined with deucravacitinib in a patient with severe plaque psoriasis, symptoms rapidly cleared, with a 75% decrease in disease severity after 4 weeks.28
The objective of this prospective, open-label, real-world, single-center study was to assess the effectiveness, safety, and remittive (or maintenance) effect of nonsteroidal tapinarof cream 1% added to ongoing biologic therapy in patients with plaque psoriasis who were not adequately responding to a biologic alone.
Methods
Study Design and Participants—This prospective, open-label, real-world, single-center study assessed the safety and effectiveness of
Eligible participants were otherwise healthy males and females aged 18 years and older with moderate to severe plaque psoriasis (BSA involvement ≥3%) who had been treated with a biologic for 24 weeks or more. Patients were recruited from the Psoriasis Treatment Center of New Jersey (East Windsor, New Jersey). Exclusion criteria were recent use of oral systemic therapies (within 4 weeks of baseline) or topical therapies (within 2 weeks) to treat psoriasis, recent use of UVB (within 2 weeks) or psoralen plus UVA (within 4 weeks) phototherapy, or use of any investigational drug within 4 weeks of baseline (or within 5 pharmacokinetic/pharmacodynamic half-lives, whichever was longer). Patients who were pregnant or breastfeeding or who had any known hypersensitivity to the excipients of tapinarof cream also were excluded from the study.
Eligible participants received tapinarof cream 1% once daily plus their ongoing biologic for 12 weeks, after which tapinarof was discontinued and the biologic was continued for an additional 4 weeks. A remittive (maintenance) effect was assessed at week 16.
Study Outcomes—Safety and efficacy were evaluated at baseline and weeks 2, 4, 8, 12, and 16. The primary end point was the proportion of patients who reached the TTT goal of 1% or less BSA involvement at week 12. Secondary end points included the proportion of patients with 1% or less BSA involvement at weeks 2, 4, 8, and 16; and PGA scores, composite PGA multiplied by mean percentage of BSA involvement (PGA×BSA), and PASI scores at baseline and weeks 2, 4, 8, 12, and 16. The patient-reported outcomes of Dermatology Life Quality Index (DLQI) and Worst Itch Numeric Rating Scale (WI-NRS) scores also were evaluated at baseline and weeks 2, 4, 8, 12, and 16. In patients who had disease involvement on the scalp or genital region at baseline, Psoriasis Scalp Severity Index (PSSI) and Static Physician’s Global Assessment of Genitalia scores, respectively, were assessed at baseline and weeks 2, 4, 8, 12, and 16. Safety was determined by the incidence, severity, and relatedness of adverse events (AEs) and serious AEs.
Statistical Analysis—Approximately 30 participants were planned for enrollment and recruited consecutively as they were identified during screening against inclusion and exclusion criteria. Changes from baseline in all outcomes were summarized descriptively. Missing data were not imputed. Given the sample size, no formal statistical analyses were conducted. Safety was summarized by descriptively collating AEs and serious AEs, including their frequency, severity, and treatment relatedness.
Results
Thirty participants were enrolled in the study, and 20 fully completed the study. Nine discontinued treatment before week 12 (6 were lost to follow-up, 2 were terminated early by the investigators, and 1 voluntarily withdrew); 1 additional participant was lost to follow-up after week 12. Patients were predominantly male (20/30 [66.7%]) and White (21/30 [70.0%]); the mean age of all participants was 55.4 years, and the mean (SD) duration of psoriasis was 21.4 (15.0) years (Table 1). The mean baseline percentage of BSA involvement and mean baseline PGA, PASI, and DLQI scores are shown in Table 1. Most (19/30 [63.3%]) patients received biologics that inhibited IL-23 activity (guselkumab, risankizumab, tildrakizumab), approximately one-third (9/30 [30.0%]) received biologics that inhibited IL-17 activity (ixekizumab, secukinumab), and 2 (6.7%) received biologics that inhibited IL-12/IL-23 activity (ustekinumab)(Table 1).

For the primary end point, 52.4% (11/21) of patients reached the TTT goal (BSA involvement ≤1% after 12 weeks of treatment with tapinarof cream added to a prescribed biologic). The proportion of patients reaching the TTT goal increased over time with the combined treatment (eFigure 1). Additionally, the mean percentage of BSA involvement (eFigure 2) as well as the mean values for PGA (eFigure 3) and PGA×BSA decreased over time. The mean percentage of BSA involvement was 5.0% at baseline and dropped to 2.0% by week 12. Similar reductions were observed for PGA and PGA×BSA scores at week 12.
After discontinuing tapinarof cream at week 12 and receiving only the biologic for 4 weeks, the proportion of patients maintaining 1% or less BSA involvement fell to 40.0% (8/20) at week 16, which was closer to that observed at week 8 (36% [9/25]) than at week 12 (52.4% [11/21])(eFigure 1).
The mean PASI score was 5.5 at baseline, then decreased over time when tapinarof cream was combined with a biologic (eFigure 4), falling to 3.1 by week 2 and 1.6 by week 12; it was maintained at 1.7 at week 16. Nine (30.0%) participants had psoriasis on the scalp at baseline with a mean PSSI score of 2.6, which decreased to 0.83 by week 2. By week 12, the mean PSSI score remained stable at 0.95 in the 2 (9.5%) participants who still had scalp involvement. The mean PSSI score increased slightly to 1.45 after patients received only the biologic for 4 weeks. At baseline, 3 (10.0%) patients had genital involvement (mean Static Physician’s Global Assessment of Genitalia score, 0.27). Symptoms resolved in 2 (66.7%) of these patients at week 2 and stayed consistent until week 16; the third patient withdrew at week 2.
Both DLQI and WI-NRS scores decreased with use of tapinarof cream added to a biologic up to week 12 (eFigures 5 and 6). Mean DLQI scores were 5.3 at baseline and 3.1 at week 12. At week 16, the mean DLQI score remained stable at 2.8. Mean WI-NRS scores decreased from 4.0 at baseline to 2.7 at week 12 with the therapy combination; at week 16, the mean WI-NRS score fell further to 1.8.
A total of 6 AEs were reported in 5 (16.7%) patients (Table 2). The majority (4/6 [67.0%]) of AEs were considered mild. Two reported cases of COVID-19 were both considered mild and unrelated. Mild folliculitis and moderate worsening of psoriasis in 2 (6.7%) different patients were the only AEs considered related to treatment. No serious AEs were reported, and no patient withdrew from the study due to an AE.

Comment
Disease activity improvements we observed with the nonsteroidal tapinarof cream were consistent with those reported when topical steroidal therapies were given to patients responding poorly to their current biologic. Our primary end point (proportion of patients with BSA involvement ≤1% after 12 weeks) showed that half (52% [11/21]) of patients whose BSA involvement was 3% or greater with a biologic for 24 weeks or more reached the TTT goal after 12 weeks of tapinarof-biologic treatment. Other studies of halobetasol propionate–tazarotene lotion16 and calcipotriene/betamethasone dipropionate foam17,18 added to the current biologic of poor responders found 60% to 68% of patients had reductions in their percentage BSA to 1% or lower at 12 to 16 weeks of treatment. Randomized studies showed etanercept plus topical clobetasol propionate foam20 or adalimumab plus calcipotriene/betamethasone dipropionate foam21 similarly enhanced treatment effects vs biologic alone.
A phase 3 PSOARING trial demonstrated benefit from treatment with tapinarof alone, with a remittive effect of approximately 4 months after discontinuation.25 Our data are consistent with these findings, with 40% (8/20) of patients demonstrating a remittive effect 4 weeks after discontinuing tapinarof while receiving a biologic. A similar maintenance effect was reported in another study in 50% (9/18) of patients treated with a biologic plus halobetasol propionate–tazarotene lotion.16 Additionally, when halcinonide ointment was given to patients receiving tildrakizumab, mean percentage of BSA involvement, PGA scores, PGA×BSA, and DLQI scores improved and were maintained 4 weeks after halcinonide ointment was stopped.19 Thus, topical therapy can augment and extend a biologic’s effect for up to 4 weeks.
In our study, tapinarof cream added to a biologic had a good safety and tolerability profile. Few AEs were recorded, with most being mild in nature, and no serious AEs or discontinuations due to AEs were reported. Only 1 case of mild folliculitis and 1 case of moderate worsening of psoriasis were considered treatment related. Further, no unexpected or new safety signals with the tapinarof-biologic combination were observed compared with tapinarof alone.27Prior studies have found that supplementing a biologic with topical therapy can reduce the probability of patients switching to another biologic.16,19 We previously found that adding halobetasol propionate–tazarotene lotion16 or calcipotriene/betamethasone dipropionate foam17 to a biologic helped reduce the probability of switching biologics from 88% to 90% at baseline to 12% to 24% after 12 weeks of combined therapy. Such combinations also could prevent a less responsive patient from being prescribed a higher biologic dose.19 These are important research findings, as patients—even when not responding well to their current biologic—are more likely to be tolerating that biologic well, and switching to a new biologic may introduce new safety or tolerability concerns. Thus, by enhancing the effect of a biologic with a topical therapy, one can avoid increasing the dose of the current biologic or switching to a new biologic, either of which may increase safety and/or tolerability risks. Switching biologics also has increased cost implications to the health care system and/or the patient. When comparing the cost of adding halobetasol propionate–tazarotene lotion to a biologic compared with switching to another biologic, the cost was 1.2 to 2.9 times higher to switch, depending on the biologic, compared with a smaller incremental cost increase to add a topical to the current biologic.16 Similar observations were reported with calcipotriene/betamethasone dipropionate foam plus a biologic.17 Although we did not evaluate biologic switching here, we anticipate a similar clinical scenario with a tapinarof-biologic combination.
Limitations of our study included the open-label design, lack of a control arm, and the relatively small study population; however, for studies investigating the safety and effectiveness of a treatment in a real-world setting, these limitations are common and are not unexpected. Our results also are consistent with the overall improvement seen in other studies16-21 examining the effects of adding a topical to a biologic. Future research is warranted to investigate a longer remittive effect and potential health care system and patient cost savings without having to switch biologics due to lack of effectiveness.
Conclusion
This study demonstrated that adjunctive use of nonsteroidal tapinarof cream 1% may enhance a biologic treatment effect in patients with moderate to severe plaque psoriasis, providing an adequate response for many patients who were not responding well to a biologic alone. Clinical outcomes improved with the tapinarof-biologic combination, and a remittive effect was noted 4 weeks after tapinarof discontinuation without any new safety signals. Adding tapinarof cream to a biologic also may prevent the need to switch biologics when patients do not sufficiently respond, preserving the safety and cost associated with a patient’s current biologic.
The estimated prevalence of psoriasis in individuals older than 20 years in the United States has been reported at approximately 3%, or more than 7.5 million people.1 There currently is no cure for psoriasis, and available therapeutics, including phototherapy,2 topical therapies,3 systemic medications,4 and biologic agents,5 are focused only on controlling symptoms. The National Psoriasis Foundation defines an acceptable treatment response for plaque psoriasis as 3% or lower body surface area (BSA) involvement after 3 months of therapy, with a treat-to-target (TTT) goal of 1% or less BSA involvement.6
Cytokines are known to mediate psoriasis pathology, and biologic therapies target the signaling cascade of various cytokines. Biologics approved to treat moderate to severe plaque psoriasis include IgG monoclonal antibodies binding and inhibiting the activity of interleukin (IL)-17 (ixekizumab,7 secukinumab8), IL-23 (guselkumab,9 risankizumab,10 tildrakizumab11), and IL-12/23 (ustekinumab12). Despite targeting these cytokines, biologics may not sufficiently suppress the symptoms of psoriatic disease and their severity in all patients. Adding a topical treatment to biologic therapy can augment clinical response without increasing the incidence of adverse effects13-15 and may reduce the need to switch biologics due to ineffectiveness. Switching biologics likely would increase cost burden to the health care system and/or patient depending on their insurance plan and possibly introduce new safety and/or tolerability issues.16,17
In patients who do not adequately respond to biologics, better responses were reported when topical medications including halobetasol propionate–tazarotene lotion16 or calcipotriene/betamethasone dipropionate foam17,18 were administered. In randomized or open-label, real-world studies, patients with psoriasis responded well when topical medications were added to a biologic, such as tildrakizumab combined with halcinonide ointment 0.1%,19 etanercept combined with topical clobetasol propionate foam,20 or adalimumab combined with calcipotriene/betamethasone dipropionate foam.21 No additional safety concerns were observed with the topical add-ons in any of these studies.
Tapinarof is an aryl hydrocarbon receptor agonist approved by the US Food and Drug Administration for topical treatment of plaque psoriasis in adults.22 It is a first-in-class small molecule with a novel mechanism of action that downregulates IL-17A and IL-17F and normalizes the skin barrier through expression of filaggrin, loricrin, and involucrin; it also has antioxidant activity.23 In the phase 3 PSOARING 1 and 2 trials, daily application of tapinarof cream was safe and efficacious in patients with plaque psoriasis,24,25 with a remittive (maintenance) effect of a median of approximately 4 months after discontinuation.25 In these 2 phase 3 studies, tapinarof significantly (P<0.01 at week 12) relieved itch, which was seen rapidly (P<0.05 at week 2),26 improved quality of life,27 and led to high patient satisfaction.27 When tapinarof cream was combined with deucravacitinib in a patient with severe plaque psoriasis, symptoms rapidly cleared, with a 75% decrease in disease severity after 4 weeks.28
The objective of this prospective, open-label, real-world, single-center study was to assess the effectiveness, safety, and remittive (or maintenance) effect of nonsteroidal tapinarof cream 1% added to ongoing biologic therapy in patients with plaque psoriasis who were not adequately responding to a biologic alone.
Methods
Study Design and Participants—This prospective, open-label, real-world, single-center study assessed the safety and effectiveness of
Eligible participants were otherwise healthy males and females aged 18 years and older with moderate to severe plaque psoriasis (BSA involvement ≥3%) who had been treated with a biologic for 24 weeks or more. Patients were recruited from the Psoriasis Treatment Center of New Jersey (East Windsor, New Jersey). Exclusion criteria were recent use of oral systemic therapies (within 4 weeks of baseline) or topical therapies (within 2 weeks) to treat psoriasis, recent use of UVB (within 2 weeks) or psoralen plus UVA (within 4 weeks) phototherapy, or use of any investigational drug within 4 weeks of baseline (or within 5 pharmacokinetic/pharmacodynamic half-lives, whichever was longer). Patients who were pregnant or breastfeeding or who had any known hypersensitivity to the excipients of tapinarof cream also were excluded from the study.
Eligible participants received tapinarof cream 1% once daily plus their ongoing biologic for 12 weeks, after which tapinarof was discontinued and the biologic was continued for an additional 4 weeks. A remittive (maintenance) effect was assessed at week 16.
Study Outcomes—Safety and efficacy were evaluated at baseline and weeks 2, 4, 8, 12, and 16. The primary end point was the proportion of patients who reached the TTT goal of 1% or less BSA involvement at week 12. Secondary end points included the proportion of patients with 1% or less BSA involvement at weeks 2, 4, 8, and 16; and PGA scores, composite PGA multiplied by mean percentage of BSA involvement (PGA×BSA), and PASI scores at baseline and weeks 2, 4, 8, 12, and 16. The patient-reported outcomes of Dermatology Life Quality Index (DLQI) and Worst Itch Numeric Rating Scale (WI-NRS) scores also were evaluated at baseline and weeks 2, 4, 8, 12, and 16. In patients who had disease involvement on the scalp or genital region at baseline, Psoriasis Scalp Severity Index (PSSI) and Static Physician’s Global Assessment of Genitalia scores, respectively, were assessed at baseline and weeks 2, 4, 8, 12, and 16. Safety was determined by the incidence, severity, and relatedness of adverse events (AEs) and serious AEs.
Statistical Analysis—Approximately 30 participants were planned for enrollment and recruited consecutively as they were identified during screening against inclusion and exclusion criteria. Changes from baseline in all outcomes were summarized descriptively. Missing data were not imputed. Given the sample size, no formal statistical analyses were conducted. Safety was summarized by descriptively collating AEs and serious AEs, including their frequency, severity, and treatment relatedness.
Results
Thirty participants were enrolled in the study, and 20 fully completed the study. Nine discontinued treatment before week 12 (6 were lost to follow-up, 2 were terminated early by the investigators, and 1 voluntarily withdrew); 1 additional participant was lost to follow-up after week 12. Patients were predominantly male (20/30 [66.7%]) and White (21/30 [70.0%]); the mean age of all participants was 55.4 years, and the mean (SD) duration of psoriasis was 21.4 (15.0) years (Table 1). The mean baseline percentage of BSA involvement and mean baseline PGA, PASI, and DLQI scores are shown in Table 1. Most (19/30 [63.3%]) patients received biologics that inhibited IL-23 activity (guselkumab, risankizumab, tildrakizumab), approximately one-third (9/30 [30.0%]) received biologics that inhibited IL-17 activity (ixekizumab, secukinumab), and 2 (6.7%) received biologics that inhibited IL-12/IL-23 activity (ustekinumab)(Table 1).

For the primary end point, 52.4% (11/21) of patients reached the TTT goal (BSA involvement ≤1% after 12 weeks of treatment with tapinarof cream added to a prescribed biologic). The proportion of patients reaching the TTT goal increased over time with the combined treatment (eFigure 1). Additionally, the mean percentage of BSA involvement (eFigure 2) as well as the mean values for PGA (eFigure 3) and PGA×BSA decreased over time. The mean percentage of BSA involvement was 5.0% at baseline and dropped to 2.0% by week 12. Similar reductions were observed for PGA and PGA×BSA scores at week 12.
After discontinuing tapinarof cream at week 12 and receiving only the biologic for 4 weeks, the proportion of patients maintaining 1% or less BSA involvement fell to 40.0% (8/20) at week 16, which was closer to that observed at week 8 (36% [9/25]) than at week 12 (52.4% [11/21])(eFigure 1).
The mean PASI score was 5.5 at baseline, then decreased over time when tapinarof cream was combined with a biologic (eFigure 4), falling to 3.1 by week 2 and 1.6 by week 12; it was maintained at 1.7 at week 16. Nine (30.0%) participants had psoriasis on the scalp at baseline with a mean PSSI score of 2.6, which decreased to 0.83 by week 2. By week 12, the mean PSSI score remained stable at 0.95 in the 2 (9.5%) participants who still had scalp involvement. The mean PSSI score increased slightly to 1.45 after patients received only the biologic for 4 weeks. At baseline, 3 (10.0%) patients had genital involvement (mean Static Physician’s Global Assessment of Genitalia score, 0.27). Symptoms resolved in 2 (66.7%) of these patients at week 2 and stayed consistent until week 16; the third patient withdrew at week 2.
Both DLQI and WI-NRS scores decreased with use of tapinarof cream added to a biologic up to week 12 (eFigures 5 and 6). Mean DLQI scores were 5.3 at baseline and 3.1 at week 12. At week 16, the mean DLQI score remained stable at 2.8. Mean WI-NRS scores decreased from 4.0 at baseline to 2.7 at week 12 with the therapy combination; at week 16, the mean WI-NRS score fell further to 1.8.
A total of 6 AEs were reported in 5 (16.7%) patients (Table 2). The majority (4/6 [67.0%]) of AEs were considered mild. Two reported cases of COVID-19 were both considered mild and unrelated. Mild folliculitis and moderate worsening of psoriasis in 2 (6.7%) different patients were the only AEs considered related to treatment. No serious AEs were reported, and no patient withdrew from the study due to an AE.

Comment
Disease activity improvements we observed with the nonsteroidal tapinarof cream were consistent with those reported when topical steroidal therapies were given to patients responding poorly to their current biologic. Our primary end point (proportion of patients with BSA involvement ≤1% after 12 weeks) showed that half (52% [11/21]) of patients whose BSA involvement was 3% or greater with a biologic for 24 weeks or more reached the TTT goal after 12 weeks of tapinarof-biologic treatment. Other studies of halobetasol propionate–tazarotene lotion16 and calcipotriene/betamethasone dipropionate foam17,18 added to the current biologic of poor responders found 60% to 68% of patients had reductions in their percentage BSA to 1% or lower at 12 to 16 weeks of treatment. Randomized studies showed etanercept plus topical clobetasol propionate foam20 or adalimumab plus calcipotriene/betamethasone dipropionate foam21 similarly enhanced treatment effects vs biologic alone.
A phase 3 PSOARING trial demonstrated benefit from treatment with tapinarof alone, with a remittive effect of approximately 4 months after discontinuation.25 Our data are consistent with these findings, with 40% (8/20) of patients demonstrating a remittive effect 4 weeks after discontinuing tapinarof while receiving a biologic. A similar maintenance effect was reported in another study in 50% (9/18) of patients treated with a biologic plus halobetasol propionate–tazarotene lotion.16 Additionally, when halcinonide ointment was given to patients receiving tildrakizumab, mean percentage of BSA involvement, PGA scores, PGA×BSA, and DLQI scores improved and were maintained 4 weeks after halcinonide ointment was stopped.19 Thus, topical therapy can augment and extend a biologic’s effect for up to 4 weeks.
In our study, tapinarof cream added to a biologic had a good safety and tolerability profile. Few AEs were recorded, with most being mild in nature, and no serious AEs or discontinuations due to AEs were reported. Only 1 case of mild folliculitis and 1 case of moderate worsening of psoriasis were considered treatment related. Further, no unexpected or new safety signals with the tapinarof-biologic combination were observed compared with tapinarof alone.27Prior studies have found that supplementing a biologic with topical therapy can reduce the probability of patients switching to another biologic.16,19 We previously found that adding halobetasol propionate–tazarotene lotion16 or calcipotriene/betamethasone dipropionate foam17 to a biologic helped reduce the probability of switching biologics from 88% to 90% at baseline to 12% to 24% after 12 weeks of combined therapy. Such combinations also could prevent a less responsive patient from being prescribed a higher biologic dose.19 These are important research findings, as patients—even when not responding well to their current biologic—are more likely to be tolerating that biologic well, and switching to a new biologic may introduce new safety or tolerability concerns. Thus, by enhancing the effect of a biologic with a topical therapy, one can avoid increasing the dose of the current biologic or switching to a new biologic, either of which may increase safety and/or tolerability risks. Switching biologics also has increased cost implications to the health care system and/or the patient. When comparing the cost of adding halobetasol propionate–tazarotene lotion to a biologic compared with switching to another biologic, the cost was 1.2 to 2.9 times higher to switch, depending on the biologic, compared with a smaller incremental cost increase to add a topical to the current biologic.16 Similar observations were reported with calcipotriene/betamethasone dipropionate foam plus a biologic.17 Although we did not evaluate biologic switching here, we anticipate a similar clinical scenario with a tapinarof-biologic combination.
Limitations of our study included the open-label design, lack of a control arm, and the relatively small study population; however, for studies investigating the safety and effectiveness of a treatment in a real-world setting, these limitations are common and are not unexpected. Our results also are consistent with the overall improvement seen in other studies16-21 examining the effects of adding a topical to a biologic. Future research is warranted to investigate a longer remittive effect and potential health care system and patient cost savings without having to switch biologics due to lack of effectiveness.
Conclusion
This study demonstrated that adjunctive use of nonsteroidal tapinarof cream 1% may enhance a biologic treatment effect in patients with moderate to severe plaque psoriasis, providing an adequate response for many patients who were not responding well to a biologic alone. Clinical outcomes improved with the tapinarof-biologic combination, and a remittive effect was noted 4 weeks after tapinarof discontinuation without any new safety signals. Adding tapinarof cream to a biologic also may prevent the need to switch biologics when patients do not sufficiently respond, preserving the safety and cost associated with a patient’s current biologic.
- Armstrong AW, Mehta MD, Schupp CW, et al. Psoriasis prevalence in adults in the United States. JAMA Dermatol. 2021;157:940-946. doi:10.1001/jamadermatol.2021.2007
- Elmets CA, Lim HW, Stoff B, et al. Joint American Academy of Dermatology-National Psoriasis Foundation guidelines of care for the management and treatment of psoriasis with phototherapy. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2019;81:775-804. doi:10.1016/j.jaad.2019.04.042
- Elmets CA, Korman NJ, Prater EF, et al. Joint AAD-NPF guidelines of care for the management and treatment of psoriasis with topical therapy and alternative medicine modalities for psoriasis severity measures. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2021;84:432-470. doi:10.1016/j.jaad.2020.07.087
- Menter A, Gelfand JM, Connor C, et al. Joint American Academy of Dermatology-National Psoriasis Foundation guidelines of care for the management of psoriasis with systemic nonbiological therapies. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2020;82:1445-1486. doi:10.1016/j.jaad.2020.02.044
- Menter A, Strober BE, Kaplan DH, et al. Joint AAD-NPF guidelines of care for the management and treatment of psoriasis with biologics. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2019;80:1029-1072. doi:10.1016/j.jaad.2018.11.057
- Armstrong AW, Siegel MP, Bagel J, et al. From the Medical Board of the National Psoriasis Foundation: treatment targets for plaque psoriasis.J Am Acad Dermatol. 2017;76:290-298. doi:10.1016/j.jaad.2016.10.017
- Taltz. Prescribing information. Eli Lilly and Company; 2024.
- Cosentyx. Prescribing information. Novartis Pharmaceuticals Corporation; 2023.
- Tremfya. Prescribing information. Janssen Biotech, Inc; 2023.
- Skyrizi. Prescribing information. AbbVie Inc; 2024.
- Ilumya. Prescribing information. Sun Pharmaceutical Industries, Inc; 2020.
- Stelara. Prescribing information. Janssen Biotech, Inc; 2022.
- Bagel J, Gold LS. Combining topical psoriasis treatment to enhance systemic and phototherapy: a review of the literature. J Drugs Dermatol. 2017;16:1209-1222.
- Jensen JD, Delcambre MR, Nguyen G, et al. Biologic therapy with or without topical treatment in psoriasis: what does the current evidence say? Am J Clin Dermatol. 2014;15:379-385. doi:10.1007/s40257-014-0089-1
- Gustafson CJ, Watkins C, Hix E, et al. Combination therapy in psoriasis: an evidence-based review. Am J Clin Dermatol. 2013;14:9-25. doi:10.1007/s40257-012-0003-7
- Bagel J, Novak K, Nelson E. Adjunctive use of halobetasol propionate-tazarotene in biologic-experienced patients with psoriasis. Cutis. 2022;109:103-109. doi:10.12788/cutis.0451
- Bagel J, Nelson E, Zapata J, et al. Adjunctive use of calcipotriene/betamethasone dipropionate foam in a real-world setting curtails the cost of biologics without reducing efficacy in psoriasis. Dermatol Ther (Heidelb). 2020;10:1383-1396. doi:10.1007/s13555-020-00454-z
- Bagel J, Zapata J, Nelson E. A prospective, open-label study evaluating adjunctive calcipotriene 0.005%/betamethasone dipropionate 0.064% foam in psoriasis patients with inadequate response to biologic therapy. J Drugs Dermatol. 2018;17:611-616.
- Bagel J, Novak K, Nelson E. Tildrakizumab in combination with topical halcinonide 0.1% ointment for treating moderate to severe plaque psoriasis. J Drugs Dermatol. 2023;22:766-772. doi:10.36849/jdd.6830
- Lebwohl MG, Kircik L, Callis Duffin K, et al. A randomized study to evaluate the efficacy and safety of adding topical therapy to etanercept in patients with moderate to severe plaque psoriasis. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2013;69:385-392. doi:10.1016/j.jaad.2013.03.031
- Thaci D, Ortonne JP, Chimenti S, et al. A phase IIIb, multicentre, randomized, double-blind, vehicle-controlled study of the efficacy and safety of adalimumab with and without calcipotriol/betamethasone topical treatment in patients with moderate to severe psoriasis: the BELIEVE study. Br J Dermatol. 2010;163:402-411. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2133.2010.09791.x
- Vtama. Prescribing information. Dermavant Sciences, Inc; 2022.
- Bobonich M, Gorelick J, Aldredge L, et al. Tapinarof, a novel, first-in-class, topical therapeutic aryl hydrocarbon receptor agonist for the management of psoriasis. J Drugs Dermatol. 2023;22:779-784. doi:10.36849/jdd.7317
- Lebwohl MG, Stein Gold L, Strober B, et al. Phase 3 trials of tapinarof cream for plaque psoriasis. N Engl J Med. 2021;385:2219-2229. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa2103629
- Strober B, Stein Gold L, Bissonnette R, et al. One-year safety and efficacy of tapinarof cream for the treatment of plaque psoriasis: results from the PSOARING 3 trial. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2022;87:800-806. doi:10.1016/j.jaad.2022.06.1171
- Kircik L, Zirwas M, Kwatra SG, et al. Rapid improvements in itch with tapinarof cream 1% once daily in two phase 3 trials in adults with mild to severe plaque psoriasis. Dermatol Ther (Heidelb). 2024;14:201-211. doi:10.1007/s13555-023-01068-x
- Bagel J, Gold LS, Del Rosso J, et al. Tapinarof cream 1% once daily for the treatment of plaque psoriasis: patient-reported outcomes from the PSOARING 3 trial. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2023;89:936-944. doi:10.1016/j.jaad.2023.04.061
- Abdin R, Kircik L, Issa NT. First use of combination oral deucravacitinib with tapinarof cream for treatment of severe plaque psoriasis. J Drugs Dermatol. 2024;23:192-194. doi:10.36849/jdd.8091
- Armstrong AW, Mehta MD, Schupp CW, et al. Psoriasis prevalence in adults in the United States. JAMA Dermatol. 2021;157:940-946. doi:10.1001/jamadermatol.2021.2007
- Elmets CA, Lim HW, Stoff B, et al. Joint American Academy of Dermatology-National Psoriasis Foundation guidelines of care for the management and treatment of psoriasis with phototherapy. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2019;81:775-804. doi:10.1016/j.jaad.2019.04.042
- Elmets CA, Korman NJ, Prater EF, et al. Joint AAD-NPF guidelines of care for the management and treatment of psoriasis with topical therapy and alternative medicine modalities for psoriasis severity measures. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2021;84:432-470. doi:10.1016/j.jaad.2020.07.087
- Menter A, Gelfand JM, Connor C, et al. Joint American Academy of Dermatology-National Psoriasis Foundation guidelines of care for the management of psoriasis with systemic nonbiological therapies. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2020;82:1445-1486. doi:10.1016/j.jaad.2020.02.044
- Menter A, Strober BE, Kaplan DH, et al. Joint AAD-NPF guidelines of care for the management and treatment of psoriasis with biologics. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2019;80:1029-1072. doi:10.1016/j.jaad.2018.11.057
- Armstrong AW, Siegel MP, Bagel J, et al. From the Medical Board of the National Psoriasis Foundation: treatment targets for plaque psoriasis.J Am Acad Dermatol. 2017;76:290-298. doi:10.1016/j.jaad.2016.10.017
- Taltz. Prescribing information. Eli Lilly and Company; 2024.
- Cosentyx. Prescribing information. Novartis Pharmaceuticals Corporation; 2023.
- Tremfya. Prescribing information. Janssen Biotech, Inc; 2023.
- Skyrizi. Prescribing information. AbbVie Inc; 2024.
- Ilumya. Prescribing information. Sun Pharmaceutical Industries, Inc; 2020.
- Stelara. Prescribing information. Janssen Biotech, Inc; 2022.
- Bagel J, Gold LS. Combining topical psoriasis treatment to enhance systemic and phototherapy: a review of the literature. J Drugs Dermatol. 2017;16:1209-1222.
- Jensen JD, Delcambre MR, Nguyen G, et al. Biologic therapy with or without topical treatment in psoriasis: what does the current evidence say? Am J Clin Dermatol. 2014;15:379-385. doi:10.1007/s40257-014-0089-1
- Gustafson CJ, Watkins C, Hix E, et al. Combination therapy in psoriasis: an evidence-based review. Am J Clin Dermatol. 2013;14:9-25. doi:10.1007/s40257-012-0003-7
- Bagel J, Novak K, Nelson E. Adjunctive use of halobetasol propionate-tazarotene in biologic-experienced patients with psoriasis. Cutis. 2022;109:103-109. doi:10.12788/cutis.0451
- Bagel J, Nelson E, Zapata J, et al. Adjunctive use of calcipotriene/betamethasone dipropionate foam in a real-world setting curtails the cost of biologics without reducing efficacy in psoriasis. Dermatol Ther (Heidelb). 2020;10:1383-1396. doi:10.1007/s13555-020-00454-z
- Bagel J, Zapata J, Nelson E. A prospective, open-label study evaluating adjunctive calcipotriene 0.005%/betamethasone dipropionate 0.064% foam in psoriasis patients with inadequate response to biologic therapy. J Drugs Dermatol. 2018;17:611-616.
- Bagel J, Novak K, Nelson E. Tildrakizumab in combination with topical halcinonide 0.1% ointment for treating moderate to severe plaque psoriasis. J Drugs Dermatol. 2023;22:766-772. doi:10.36849/jdd.6830
- Lebwohl MG, Kircik L, Callis Duffin K, et al. A randomized study to evaluate the efficacy and safety of adding topical therapy to etanercept in patients with moderate to severe plaque psoriasis. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2013;69:385-392. doi:10.1016/j.jaad.2013.03.031
- Thaci D, Ortonne JP, Chimenti S, et al. A phase IIIb, multicentre, randomized, double-blind, vehicle-controlled study of the efficacy and safety of adalimumab with and without calcipotriol/betamethasone topical treatment in patients with moderate to severe psoriasis: the BELIEVE study. Br J Dermatol. 2010;163:402-411. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2133.2010.09791.x
- Vtama. Prescribing information. Dermavant Sciences, Inc; 2022.
- Bobonich M, Gorelick J, Aldredge L, et al. Tapinarof, a novel, first-in-class, topical therapeutic aryl hydrocarbon receptor agonist for the management of psoriasis. J Drugs Dermatol. 2023;22:779-784. doi:10.36849/jdd.7317
- Lebwohl MG, Stein Gold L, Strober B, et al. Phase 3 trials of tapinarof cream for plaque psoriasis. N Engl J Med. 2021;385:2219-2229. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa2103629
- Strober B, Stein Gold L, Bissonnette R, et al. One-year safety and efficacy of tapinarof cream for the treatment of plaque psoriasis: results from the PSOARING 3 trial. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2022;87:800-806. doi:10.1016/j.jaad.2022.06.1171
- Kircik L, Zirwas M, Kwatra SG, et al. Rapid improvements in itch with tapinarof cream 1% once daily in two phase 3 trials in adults with mild to severe plaque psoriasis. Dermatol Ther (Heidelb). 2024;14:201-211. doi:10.1007/s13555-023-01068-x
- Bagel J, Gold LS, Del Rosso J, et al. Tapinarof cream 1% once daily for the treatment of plaque psoriasis: patient-reported outcomes from the PSOARING 3 trial. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2023;89:936-944. doi:10.1016/j.jaad.2023.04.061
- Abdin R, Kircik L, Issa NT. First use of combination oral deucravacitinib with tapinarof cream for treatment of severe plaque psoriasis. J Drugs Dermatol. 2024;23:192-194. doi:10.36849/jdd.8091
Safety and Effectiveness of Nonsteroidal Tapinarof Cream 1% Added to Ongoing Biologic Therapy for Treatment of Moderate to Severe Plaque Psoriasis
Safety and Effectiveness of Nonsteroidal Tapinarof Cream 1% Added to Ongoing Biologic Therapy for Treatment of Moderate to Severe Plaque Psoriasis
Practice Points
- Patients with moderate to severe psoriasis do not always reach treatment goals with biologic therapy alone.
- Adjunctive use of nonsteroidal tapinarof cream 1% may enhance the effects of ongoing biologic therapy in patients with moderate to severe plaque psoriasis, possibly avoiding the need to switch to another biologic.
- Patients with moderate to severe plaque psoriasis who are not adequately responding to biologics may benefit from adding tapinarof cream 1% to their current regimen.
Pathogenic Significance of Serum Syndecan-1 and Syndecan-4 in Psoriasis
Pathogenic Significance of Serum Syndecan-1 and Syndecan-4 in Psoriasis
Psoriasis, one of the most researched diseases in dermatology, has a complex pathogenesis that is not yet fully understood. One of the most important stages of psoriasis pathogenesis is the proliferation of T helper (Th) 17 cells by IL-23 released from myeloid dendritic cells. Cytokines such as tumor necrosis factor (TNF) α released from Th1 cells and IL-17 and IL-22 released from Th17 cells are known to induce the proliferation of keratinocytes and the release of chemokines responsible for neutrophil chemotaxis.1
Although secondary messengers such as cytokines and chemokines, which provide cell interaction with the extracellular matrix (ECM), have their own specific receptors, it is known that syndecans (SDCs) play a role in ECM and cell interactions and have receptor or coreceptor functions.2 In humans, 4 types of SDCs have been identified (SDC1-SDC4), which are type I transmembrane proteoglycans found in all nucleated cells. Syndecans consist of heparan sulfate glycosaminoglycan chains that are structurally linked to a core protein sequence. The molecule has cytoplasmic, transmembrane, and extracellular domains.2,3 While SDCs often are described as coreceptors for integrins and growth factor and hormone receptors, they also are capable of acting as signaling receptors by engaging intracellular messengers, including actin-related proteins and protein kinases.4
Prior research has indicated that the release of heparanase from the lysosomes of leukocytes during infection, inflammation, and endothelial damage causes cleavage of heparan sulfate glycosaminoglycans from the extracellular domains of SDCs. The peptide chains at the SDC core then are separated by matrix metalloproteinases in a process known as shedding. The shed SDCs may have either a stimulating or a suppressive effect on their receptor activity. Several cytokines are known to cause SDC shedding.5,6 Many studies in recent years have reported that SDCs play a role in the pathogenesis of inflammatory diseases, for which serum levels of soluble SDCs can be biomarkers.7
In this study, we aimed to evaluate and compare serum SDC1, SDC4, TNF-α, and IL-17A levels in patients with psoriasis vs healthy controls. Additionally, by reviewing the literature data, we analyzed whether SDCs can be implicated in the pathogenesis of psoriasis and their potential role in this process.
Methods
The study population consisted of 40 patients with psoriasis and 40 healthy controls. Age and sex characteristics were similar between the 2 groups, but weight distribution was not. The psoriasis group included patients older than 18 years who had received a clinical and/or histologic diagnosis, had no systemic disease other than psoriasis in their medical history, and had not used any systemic treatment or phototherapy for the past 3 months. Healthy patients older than 18 years who had no medical history of inflammatory disease were included in the control group. Participants provided signed consent.
Data such as medical history, laboratory findings, and physical specifications were recorded. A Psoriasis Area and Severity Index (PASI) score of 10 or lower was considered mild disease, and a score higher than 10 was considered moderate to severe disease. An enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay was used to measure SDC1, SDC4, TNF-α, and IL-17A levels.
The data were evaluated using the IBM SPSS Statistics V22.0 statistical package program. A P value of <.05 was considered statistically significant. The conformity of the data to a normal distribution was examined using a Shapiro-Wilk test. Normally distributed variables were expressed as mean (SD) and nonnormally distributed variables were expressed as median (interquartile range [IQR]). Data were compared between the 2 study groups using either a student t test (normal distribution) or Mann-Whitney U test (nonnormal distribution). Categorical variables were expressed as numbers and percentages. Categorical data were compared using a χ2 test. Associations among SDC1, SDC4, TNF-α, IL-17A, and other variables were assessed using Spearman rank correlation. A binary logistic regression analysis was used to determine whether serum SDC1 and SDC4 levels were independent risk factors for psoriasis.
Results
The 2 study groups showed similar demographic characteristics in terms of sex (P=.67) and age (P=.22) distribution. The mean (SD) PASI score in the psoriasis group was 12.33 (7.62); the mean (SD) disease duration was 11.10 (8.00) years. Body weight and BMI were both significantly higher in the psoriasis group (P=.027 and P=.029, respectively) compared with the control group (eTable 1).
The mean (SD) serum SDC1 level was 119.52 ng/mL (69.53 ng/mL) in the psoriasis group, which was significantly higher than the control group (82.81 ng/mL [51.85 ng/mL])(P=.011)(eTable 2)(eFigure 1). The median (IQR) serum SDC4 level also was significantly higher in the psoriasis group compared with the control group (5.78 ng/mL [7.09 ng/mL] vs 3.92 ng/mL [2.88 ng/mL])(P=.030)(eTable 2)(eFigure 2). The median (IQR) IL-17A value was 59.94 pg/mL (12.97 pg/mL) in the psoriasis group, which was significantly higher than the control group (37.74 pg/mL [15.10 pg/mL])(P<.001)(eTable 2)(eFigure 3). The median (IQR) serum TNF-α level was 25.07 pg/mL (41.70 pg/mL) in the psoriasis group and 18.21 pg/mL (48.51 pg/mL) in the control group; however, the difference was not statistically significance (P=.444)(eTable 2)(eFigure 4).
A significant positive correlation was found between serum SDC1 and PASI score (p=0.064; P=.03). Furthermore, significant positive correlations were identified between serum SDC1 and body weight (p=0.404; P<.001), disease duration (p=0.377; P=.008), and C-reactive protein (p=0.327; P=.002). A significant positive correlation also was identified between SDC4 and IL-17A (p=0.265; P=.009). Serum TNF-α was positively correlated with IL-17A (p=0.384; P<.001) and BMI (p=0.234; P=.020)(eTable 3).
Logistic regression analysis showed that high SDC1 levels were independently associated with the development of psoriasis (odds ratio [OR], 1.009; 95% CI, 1.000-1.017; P=.049)(eTable 4).
Comment
Tumor necrosis factor α and IL-17A are key cytokines whose roles in the pathogenesis of psoriasis are well established. Arican et al,8 Kyriakou et al,9 and Xuan et al10 previously reported a lack of any correlation between TNF-α and IL-17A in the pathogenesis of psoriasis; however, we observed a positive correlation between TNF-α and IL-17A in our study. This finding may be due to the abundant TNF-α production by myeloid dendritic cells involved in the transformation of naive T lymphocytes into IL-17A–secreting Th17 lymphocytes, which can also secrete TNF-α.
After the molecular cloning of SDCs by Saunders et al11 in 1989, SDCs gained attention and have been the focus of many studies for their part in the pathogenesis of conditions such as inflammatory diseases, carcinogenesis, infections, sepsis, and trauma.6,12 Among the inflammatory diseases sharing similar pathogenetic features to psoriasis, serum SDC4 levels are found to be elevated in rheumatoid arthritis and are correlated with disease activity.13 Cekic et al14 reported that serum SDC1 levels were significantly higher in patients with Crohn disease than controls (P=.03). Additionally, serum SDC1 levels were higher in patients with active disease compared with those who were in remission. Correlations between SDC1 and disease severity and C-reactive protein also have been found.14 Serum SDC-1 levels found to be elevated in patients with systemic lupus erythematosus were compared to the controls and were correlated with disease activity.15 Nakao et al16 reported that the serum SDC4 levels were significantly higher in patients with atopic dermatitis compared to controls (P<.01); further, SDC4 levels were correlated with severity of the disease.
Jaiswal et al17 reported that SDC1 is abundant on the surface of IL-17A–secreting γδ T lymphocytes (Tγδ17), whose contribution to psoriasis pathogenesis is known. When subjected to treatment with imiquimod, SDC1-suppressed mice displayed increased psoriasiform dermatitis compared with wild-type counterparts. The authors stated that SDC1 may play a role in controlling homeostasis of Tγδ17
In a study examining changes in the ECM in patients with psoriasis, it was observed that the expression of
A study conducted by Koliakou et al20 showed that, in healthy skin, SDC1 was expressed in almost the full thickness of the epidermis, but lowest expression was in the basal-layer keratinocytes. In a psoriatic epidermis, unlike the normal epidermis, SDC1 was found to be more intensely expressed in the keratinocytes of the basal layer, where keratinocyte proliferation occurs. In this study, SDC4 was expressed mainly at lower levels in a healthy epidermis, especially in the spinous and the basal layers. In a psoriatic epidermis, SDC4 was absent from all the layers. In the same study, gelatin-based carriers containing anti–TNF-α and anti–IL-17A were applied to a full-thickness epidermis with psoriatic lesions, after which SDC1 expression was observed to decrease almost completely in the psoriatic epidermis; there was no change in SDC4 expression, which also was not seen in the psoriatic epidermis. The authors claimed the application of these gelatin-based carriers could be a possible treatment modality for psoriasis, and the study provides evidence for the involvement of SDC1 and/or SDC4 in the pathogenesis of psoriasis
Limitations of the current study include small sample size, lack of longitudinal data, lack of tissue testing of these molecules, and lack of external validation.
Conclusion
Overall, research has shown that SDCs play important roles in inflammatory processes, and more widespread inflammation has been associated with increased shedding of these molecules into the ECM and higher serum levels. In our study, serum SDC1, SDC4, and IL-17A levels were increased in patients with psoriasis compared to the healthy controls. A logistic regression analysis indicated that high serum SDC1 levels may be an independent risk factor for development of psoriasis. The increase in serum SDC1 and SDC4 levels and the positive correlation between SDC1 levels and disease severity observed in our study strongly implicate SDCs in the inflammatory disease psoriasis. The precise role of SDCs in the pathogenesis of psoriasis and the implications of targeting these molecules are the subject of more in-depth studies in the future.
Griffiths CEM, Armstrong AW, Gudjonsson JE, et al. Psoriasis. Lancet. 2021;397:1301-1315.
Uings IJ, Farrow SN. Cell receptors and cell signaling. Mol Pathol. 2000;53:295-299.
Kirkpatrick CA, Selleck SB. Heparan sulfate proteoglycans at a glance.J Cell Sci. 2007;120:1829-1832.
Stepp MA, Pal-Ghosh S, Tadvalkar G, et al. Syndecan-1 and its expanding list of contacts. Adv Wound Care (New Rochelle). 2015;4:235-249.
Rangarajan S, Richter JR, Richter RP, et al. Heparanase-enhanced shedding of syndecan-1 and its role in driving disease pathogenesis and progression. J Histochem Cytochem. 2020;68:823-840.
Gopal S, Arokiasamy S, Pataki C, et al. Syndecan receptors: pericellular regulators in development and inflammatory disease. Open Biol. 2021;11:200377.
Bertrand J, Bollmann M. Soluble syndecans: biomarkers for diseases and therapeutic options. Br J Pharmacol. 2019;176:67-81.
Arican O, Aral M, Sasmaz S, et al. Serum levels of TNF-alpha, IFN-gamma, IL-6, IL-8, IL-12, IL-17, and IL-18 in patients with active psoriasis and correlation with disease severity. Mediators Inflamm. 2005;2005:273-279.
Kyriakou A, Patsatsi A, Vyzantiadis TA, et al. Serum levels of TNF-α, IL12/23 p40, and IL-17 in psoriatic patients with and without nail psoriasis: a cross-sectional study. ScientificWorldJournal. 2014;2014:508178.
Xuan ML, Lu CJ, Han L, et al. Circulating levels of inflammatory cytokines in patients with psoriasis vulgaris of different Chinese medicine syndromes. Chin J Integr Med. 2015;21:108-114.
Saunders S, Jalkanen M, O’Farrell S, et al. Molecular cloning of syndecan, an integral membrane proteoglycan. J Cell Biol. 1989;108:1547-1556.
Manon-Jensen T, Itoh Y, Couchman JR. Proteoglycans in health and disease: the multiple roles of syndecan shedding. FEBS J. 2010;277:3876-3889.
Zhao J, Ye X, Zhang Z. Syndecan-4 is correlated with disease activity and serological characteristic of rheumatoid arthritis. Adv Rheumatol. 2022;62:21.
Cekic C, Kırcı A, Vatansever S, et al. Serum syndecan-1 levels and its relationship to disease activity in patients with Crohn’s disease. Gastroenterol Res Pract. 2015;2015:850351.
Minowa K, Amano H, Nakano S, et al. Elevated serum level of circulating syndecan-1 (CD138) in active systemic lupus erythematosus. Autoimmunity. 2011;44:357-362.
Nakao M, Sugaya M, Takahashi N, et al. Increased syndecan-4 expression in sera and skin of patients with atopic dermatitis. Arch Dermatol Res. 2016;308:655-660.
Jaiswal AK, Sadasivam M, Archer NK, et al. Syndecan-1 regulates psoriasiform dermatitis by controlling homeostasis of IL-17-producing γδ T cells. J Immunol. 2018;201:1651-1661
Wagner MFMG, Theodoro TR, Filho CASM, et al. Extracellular matrix alterations in the skin of patients affected by psoriasis. BMC Mol Cell Biol. 2021;22:55.
Peters F, Rahn S, Mengel M, et al. Syndecan-1 shedding by meprin β impairs keratinocyte adhesion and differentiation in hyperkeratosis. Matrix Biol. 2021;102:37-69.
Koliakou E, Eleni MM, Koumentakou I, et al. Altered distribution and expression of syndecan-1 and -4 as an additional hallmark in psoriasis. Int J Mol Sci. 2022;23:6511.
Doss RW, El-Rifaie AA, Said AN, et al. Cutaneous syndecan-1 expression before and after phototherapy in psoriasis. Indian J Dermatol Venereol Leprol. 2020;86:439-440.
Psoriasis, one of the most researched diseases in dermatology, has a complex pathogenesis that is not yet fully understood. One of the most important stages of psoriasis pathogenesis is the proliferation of T helper (Th) 17 cells by IL-23 released from myeloid dendritic cells. Cytokines such as tumor necrosis factor (TNF) α released from Th1 cells and IL-17 and IL-22 released from Th17 cells are known to induce the proliferation of keratinocytes and the release of chemokines responsible for neutrophil chemotaxis.1
Although secondary messengers such as cytokines and chemokines, which provide cell interaction with the extracellular matrix (ECM), have their own specific receptors, it is known that syndecans (SDCs) play a role in ECM and cell interactions and have receptor or coreceptor functions.2 In humans, 4 types of SDCs have been identified (SDC1-SDC4), which are type I transmembrane proteoglycans found in all nucleated cells. Syndecans consist of heparan sulfate glycosaminoglycan chains that are structurally linked to a core protein sequence. The molecule has cytoplasmic, transmembrane, and extracellular domains.2,3 While SDCs often are described as coreceptors for integrins and growth factor and hormone receptors, they also are capable of acting as signaling receptors by engaging intracellular messengers, including actin-related proteins and protein kinases.4
Prior research has indicated that the release of heparanase from the lysosomes of leukocytes during infection, inflammation, and endothelial damage causes cleavage of heparan sulfate glycosaminoglycans from the extracellular domains of SDCs. The peptide chains at the SDC core then are separated by matrix metalloproteinases in a process known as shedding. The shed SDCs may have either a stimulating or a suppressive effect on their receptor activity. Several cytokines are known to cause SDC shedding.5,6 Many studies in recent years have reported that SDCs play a role in the pathogenesis of inflammatory diseases, for which serum levels of soluble SDCs can be biomarkers.7
In this study, we aimed to evaluate and compare serum SDC1, SDC4, TNF-α, and IL-17A levels in patients with psoriasis vs healthy controls. Additionally, by reviewing the literature data, we analyzed whether SDCs can be implicated in the pathogenesis of psoriasis and their potential role in this process.
Methods
The study population consisted of 40 patients with psoriasis and 40 healthy controls. Age and sex characteristics were similar between the 2 groups, but weight distribution was not. The psoriasis group included patients older than 18 years who had received a clinical and/or histologic diagnosis, had no systemic disease other than psoriasis in their medical history, and had not used any systemic treatment or phototherapy for the past 3 months. Healthy patients older than 18 years who had no medical history of inflammatory disease were included in the control group. Participants provided signed consent.
Data such as medical history, laboratory findings, and physical specifications were recorded. A Psoriasis Area and Severity Index (PASI) score of 10 or lower was considered mild disease, and a score higher than 10 was considered moderate to severe disease. An enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay was used to measure SDC1, SDC4, TNF-α, and IL-17A levels.
The data were evaluated using the IBM SPSS Statistics V22.0 statistical package program. A P value of <.05 was considered statistically significant. The conformity of the data to a normal distribution was examined using a Shapiro-Wilk test. Normally distributed variables were expressed as mean (SD) and nonnormally distributed variables were expressed as median (interquartile range [IQR]). Data were compared between the 2 study groups using either a student t test (normal distribution) or Mann-Whitney U test (nonnormal distribution). Categorical variables were expressed as numbers and percentages. Categorical data were compared using a χ2 test. Associations among SDC1, SDC4, TNF-α, IL-17A, and other variables were assessed using Spearman rank correlation. A binary logistic regression analysis was used to determine whether serum SDC1 and SDC4 levels were independent risk factors for psoriasis.
Results
The 2 study groups showed similar demographic characteristics in terms of sex (P=.67) and age (P=.22) distribution. The mean (SD) PASI score in the psoriasis group was 12.33 (7.62); the mean (SD) disease duration was 11.10 (8.00) years. Body weight and BMI were both significantly higher in the psoriasis group (P=.027 and P=.029, respectively) compared with the control group (eTable 1).
The mean (SD) serum SDC1 level was 119.52 ng/mL (69.53 ng/mL) in the psoriasis group, which was significantly higher than the control group (82.81 ng/mL [51.85 ng/mL])(P=.011)(eTable 2)(eFigure 1). The median (IQR) serum SDC4 level also was significantly higher in the psoriasis group compared with the control group (5.78 ng/mL [7.09 ng/mL] vs 3.92 ng/mL [2.88 ng/mL])(P=.030)(eTable 2)(eFigure 2). The median (IQR) IL-17A value was 59.94 pg/mL (12.97 pg/mL) in the psoriasis group, which was significantly higher than the control group (37.74 pg/mL [15.10 pg/mL])(P<.001)(eTable 2)(eFigure 3). The median (IQR) serum TNF-α level was 25.07 pg/mL (41.70 pg/mL) in the psoriasis group and 18.21 pg/mL (48.51 pg/mL) in the control group; however, the difference was not statistically significance (P=.444)(eTable 2)(eFigure 4).
A significant positive correlation was found between serum SDC1 and PASI score (p=0.064; P=.03). Furthermore, significant positive correlations were identified between serum SDC1 and body weight (p=0.404; P<.001), disease duration (p=0.377; P=.008), and C-reactive protein (p=0.327; P=.002). A significant positive correlation also was identified between SDC4 and IL-17A (p=0.265; P=.009). Serum TNF-α was positively correlated with IL-17A (p=0.384; P<.001) and BMI (p=0.234; P=.020)(eTable 3).
Logistic regression analysis showed that high SDC1 levels were independently associated with the development of psoriasis (odds ratio [OR], 1.009; 95% CI, 1.000-1.017; P=.049)(eTable 4).
Comment
Tumor necrosis factor α and IL-17A are key cytokines whose roles in the pathogenesis of psoriasis are well established. Arican et al,8 Kyriakou et al,9 and Xuan et al10 previously reported a lack of any correlation between TNF-α and IL-17A in the pathogenesis of psoriasis; however, we observed a positive correlation between TNF-α and IL-17A in our study. This finding may be due to the abundant TNF-α production by myeloid dendritic cells involved in the transformation of naive T lymphocytes into IL-17A–secreting Th17 lymphocytes, which can also secrete TNF-α.
After the molecular cloning of SDCs by Saunders et al11 in 1989, SDCs gained attention and have been the focus of many studies for their part in the pathogenesis of conditions such as inflammatory diseases, carcinogenesis, infections, sepsis, and trauma.6,12 Among the inflammatory diseases sharing similar pathogenetic features to psoriasis, serum SDC4 levels are found to be elevated in rheumatoid arthritis and are correlated with disease activity.13 Cekic et al14 reported that serum SDC1 levels were significantly higher in patients with Crohn disease than controls (P=.03). Additionally, serum SDC1 levels were higher in patients with active disease compared with those who were in remission. Correlations between SDC1 and disease severity and C-reactive protein also have been found.14 Serum SDC-1 levels found to be elevated in patients with systemic lupus erythematosus were compared to the controls and were correlated with disease activity.15 Nakao et al16 reported that the serum SDC4 levels were significantly higher in patients with atopic dermatitis compared to controls (P<.01); further, SDC4 levels were correlated with severity of the disease.
Jaiswal et al17 reported that SDC1 is abundant on the surface of IL-17A–secreting γδ T lymphocytes (Tγδ17), whose contribution to psoriasis pathogenesis is known. When subjected to treatment with imiquimod, SDC1-suppressed mice displayed increased psoriasiform dermatitis compared with wild-type counterparts. The authors stated that SDC1 may play a role in controlling homeostasis of Tγδ17
In a study examining changes in the ECM in patients with psoriasis, it was observed that the expression of
A study conducted by Koliakou et al20 showed that, in healthy skin, SDC1 was expressed in almost the full thickness of the epidermis, but lowest expression was in the basal-layer keratinocytes. In a psoriatic epidermis, unlike the normal epidermis, SDC1 was found to be more intensely expressed in the keratinocytes of the basal layer, where keratinocyte proliferation occurs. In this study, SDC4 was expressed mainly at lower levels in a healthy epidermis, especially in the spinous and the basal layers. In a psoriatic epidermis, SDC4 was absent from all the layers. In the same study, gelatin-based carriers containing anti–TNF-α and anti–IL-17A were applied to a full-thickness epidermis with psoriatic lesions, after which SDC1 expression was observed to decrease almost completely in the psoriatic epidermis; there was no change in SDC4 expression, which also was not seen in the psoriatic epidermis. The authors claimed the application of these gelatin-based carriers could be a possible treatment modality for psoriasis, and the study provides evidence for the involvement of SDC1 and/or SDC4 in the pathogenesis of psoriasis
Limitations of the current study include small sample size, lack of longitudinal data, lack of tissue testing of these molecules, and lack of external validation.
Conclusion
Overall, research has shown that SDCs play important roles in inflammatory processes, and more widespread inflammation has been associated with increased shedding of these molecules into the ECM and higher serum levels. In our study, serum SDC1, SDC4, and IL-17A levels were increased in patients with psoriasis compared to the healthy controls. A logistic regression analysis indicated that high serum SDC1 levels may be an independent risk factor for development of psoriasis. The increase in serum SDC1 and SDC4 levels and the positive correlation between SDC1 levels and disease severity observed in our study strongly implicate SDCs in the inflammatory disease psoriasis. The precise role of SDCs in the pathogenesis of psoriasis and the implications of targeting these molecules are the subject of more in-depth studies in the future.
Psoriasis, one of the most researched diseases in dermatology, has a complex pathogenesis that is not yet fully understood. One of the most important stages of psoriasis pathogenesis is the proliferation of T helper (Th) 17 cells by IL-23 released from myeloid dendritic cells. Cytokines such as tumor necrosis factor (TNF) α released from Th1 cells and IL-17 and IL-22 released from Th17 cells are known to induce the proliferation of keratinocytes and the release of chemokines responsible for neutrophil chemotaxis.1
Although secondary messengers such as cytokines and chemokines, which provide cell interaction with the extracellular matrix (ECM), have their own specific receptors, it is known that syndecans (SDCs) play a role in ECM and cell interactions and have receptor or coreceptor functions.2 In humans, 4 types of SDCs have been identified (SDC1-SDC4), which are type I transmembrane proteoglycans found in all nucleated cells. Syndecans consist of heparan sulfate glycosaminoglycan chains that are structurally linked to a core protein sequence. The molecule has cytoplasmic, transmembrane, and extracellular domains.2,3 While SDCs often are described as coreceptors for integrins and growth factor and hormone receptors, they also are capable of acting as signaling receptors by engaging intracellular messengers, including actin-related proteins and protein kinases.4
Prior research has indicated that the release of heparanase from the lysosomes of leukocytes during infection, inflammation, and endothelial damage causes cleavage of heparan sulfate glycosaminoglycans from the extracellular domains of SDCs. The peptide chains at the SDC core then are separated by matrix metalloproteinases in a process known as shedding. The shed SDCs may have either a stimulating or a suppressive effect on their receptor activity. Several cytokines are known to cause SDC shedding.5,6 Many studies in recent years have reported that SDCs play a role in the pathogenesis of inflammatory diseases, for which serum levels of soluble SDCs can be biomarkers.7
In this study, we aimed to evaluate and compare serum SDC1, SDC4, TNF-α, and IL-17A levels in patients with psoriasis vs healthy controls. Additionally, by reviewing the literature data, we analyzed whether SDCs can be implicated in the pathogenesis of psoriasis and their potential role in this process.
Methods
The study population consisted of 40 patients with psoriasis and 40 healthy controls. Age and sex characteristics were similar between the 2 groups, but weight distribution was not. The psoriasis group included patients older than 18 years who had received a clinical and/or histologic diagnosis, had no systemic disease other than psoriasis in their medical history, and had not used any systemic treatment or phototherapy for the past 3 months. Healthy patients older than 18 years who had no medical history of inflammatory disease were included in the control group. Participants provided signed consent.
Data such as medical history, laboratory findings, and physical specifications were recorded. A Psoriasis Area and Severity Index (PASI) score of 10 or lower was considered mild disease, and a score higher than 10 was considered moderate to severe disease. An enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay was used to measure SDC1, SDC4, TNF-α, and IL-17A levels.
The data were evaluated using the IBM SPSS Statistics V22.0 statistical package program. A P value of <.05 was considered statistically significant. The conformity of the data to a normal distribution was examined using a Shapiro-Wilk test. Normally distributed variables were expressed as mean (SD) and nonnormally distributed variables were expressed as median (interquartile range [IQR]). Data were compared between the 2 study groups using either a student t test (normal distribution) or Mann-Whitney U test (nonnormal distribution). Categorical variables were expressed as numbers and percentages. Categorical data were compared using a χ2 test. Associations among SDC1, SDC4, TNF-α, IL-17A, and other variables were assessed using Spearman rank correlation. A binary logistic regression analysis was used to determine whether serum SDC1 and SDC4 levels were independent risk factors for psoriasis.
Results
The 2 study groups showed similar demographic characteristics in terms of sex (P=.67) and age (P=.22) distribution. The mean (SD) PASI score in the psoriasis group was 12.33 (7.62); the mean (SD) disease duration was 11.10 (8.00) years. Body weight and BMI were both significantly higher in the psoriasis group (P=.027 and P=.029, respectively) compared with the control group (eTable 1).
The mean (SD) serum SDC1 level was 119.52 ng/mL (69.53 ng/mL) in the psoriasis group, which was significantly higher than the control group (82.81 ng/mL [51.85 ng/mL])(P=.011)(eTable 2)(eFigure 1). The median (IQR) serum SDC4 level also was significantly higher in the psoriasis group compared with the control group (5.78 ng/mL [7.09 ng/mL] vs 3.92 ng/mL [2.88 ng/mL])(P=.030)(eTable 2)(eFigure 2). The median (IQR) IL-17A value was 59.94 pg/mL (12.97 pg/mL) in the psoriasis group, which was significantly higher than the control group (37.74 pg/mL [15.10 pg/mL])(P<.001)(eTable 2)(eFigure 3). The median (IQR) serum TNF-α level was 25.07 pg/mL (41.70 pg/mL) in the psoriasis group and 18.21 pg/mL (48.51 pg/mL) in the control group; however, the difference was not statistically significance (P=.444)(eTable 2)(eFigure 4).
A significant positive correlation was found between serum SDC1 and PASI score (p=0.064; P=.03). Furthermore, significant positive correlations were identified between serum SDC1 and body weight (p=0.404; P<.001), disease duration (p=0.377; P=.008), and C-reactive protein (p=0.327; P=.002). A significant positive correlation also was identified between SDC4 and IL-17A (p=0.265; P=.009). Serum TNF-α was positively correlated with IL-17A (p=0.384; P<.001) and BMI (p=0.234; P=.020)(eTable 3).
Logistic regression analysis showed that high SDC1 levels were independently associated with the development of psoriasis (odds ratio [OR], 1.009; 95% CI, 1.000-1.017; P=.049)(eTable 4).
Comment
Tumor necrosis factor α and IL-17A are key cytokines whose roles in the pathogenesis of psoriasis are well established. Arican et al,8 Kyriakou et al,9 and Xuan et al10 previously reported a lack of any correlation between TNF-α and IL-17A in the pathogenesis of psoriasis; however, we observed a positive correlation between TNF-α and IL-17A in our study. This finding may be due to the abundant TNF-α production by myeloid dendritic cells involved in the transformation of naive T lymphocytes into IL-17A–secreting Th17 lymphocytes, which can also secrete TNF-α.
After the molecular cloning of SDCs by Saunders et al11 in 1989, SDCs gained attention and have been the focus of many studies for their part in the pathogenesis of conditions such as inflammatory diseases, carcinogenesis, infections, sepsis, and trauma.6,12 Among the inflammatory diseases sharing similar pathogenetic features to psoriasis, serum SDC4 levels are found to be elevated in rheumatoid arthritis and are correlated with disease activity.13 Cekic et al14 reported that serum SDC1 levels were significantly higher in patients with Crohn disease than controls (P=.03). Additionally, serum SDC1 levels were higher in patients with active disease compared with those who were in remission. Correlations between SDC1 and disease severity and C-reactive protein also have been found.14 Serum SDC-1 levels found to be elevated in patients with systemic lupus erythematosus were compared to the controls and were correlated with disease activity.15 Nakao et al16 reported that the serum SDC4 levels were significantly higher in patients with atopic dermatitis compared to controls (P<.01); further, SDC4 levels were correlated with severity of the disease.
Jaiswal et al17 reported that SDC1 is abundant on the surface of IL-17A–secreting γδ T lymphocytes (Tγδ17), whose contribution to psoriasis pathogenesis is known. When subjected to treatment with imiquimod, SDC1-suppressed mice displayed increased psoriasiform dermatitis compared with wild-type counterparts. The authors stated that SDC1 may play a role in controlling homeostasis of Tγδ17
In a study examining changes in the ECM in patients with psoriasis, it was observed that the expression of
A study conducted by Koliakou et al20 showed that, in healthy skin, SDC1 was expressed in almost the full thickness of the epidermis, but lowest expression was in the basal-layer keratinocytes. In a psoriatic epidermis, unlike the normal epidermis, SDC1 was found to be more intensely expressed in the keratinocytes of the basal layer, where keratinocyte proliferation occurs. In this study, SDC4 was expressed mainly at lower levels in a healthy epidermis, especially in the spinous and the basal layers. In a psoriatic epidermis, SDC4 was absent from all the layers. In the same study, gelatin-based carriers containing anti–TNF-α and anti–IL-17A were applied to a full-thickness epidermis with psoriatic lesions, after which SDC1 expression was observed to decrease almost completely in the psoriatic epidermis; there was no change in SDC4 expression, which also was not seen in the psoriatic epidermis. The authors claimed the application of these gelatin-based carriers could be a possible treatment modality for psoriasis, and the study provides evidence for the involvement of SDC1 and/or SDC4 in the pathogenesis of psoriasis
Limitations of the current study include small sample size, lack of longitudinal data, lack of tissue testing of these molecules, and lack of external validation.
Conclusion
Overall, research has shown that SDCs play important roles in inflammatory processes, and more widespread inflammation has been associated with increased shedding of these molecules into the ECM and higher serum levels. In our study, serum SDC1, SDC4, and IL-17A levels were increased in patients with psoriasis compared to the healthy controls. A logistic regression analysis indicated that high serum SDC1 levels may be an independent risk factor for development of psoriasis. The increase in serum SDC1 and SDC4 levels and the positive correlation between SDC1 levels and disease severity observed in our study strongly implicate SDCs in the inflammatory disease psoriasis. The precise role of SDCs in the pathogenesis of psoriasis and the implications of targeting these molecules are the subject of more in-depth studies in the future.
Griffiths CEM, Armstrong AW, Gudjonsson JE, et al. Psoriasis. Lancet. 2021;397:1301-1315.
Uings IJ, Farrow SN. Cell receptors and cell signaling. Mol Pathol. 2000;53:295-299.
Kirkpatrick CA, Selleck SB. Heparan sulfate proteoglycans at a glance.J Cell Sci. 2007;120:1829-1832.
Stepp MA, Pal-Ghosh S, Tadvalkar G, et al. Syndecan-1 and its expanding list of contacts. Adv Wound Care (New Rochelle). 2015;4:235-249.
Rangarajan S, Richter JR, Richter RP, et al. Heparanase-enhanced shedding of syndecan-1 and its role in driving disease pathogenesis and progression. J Histochem Cytochem. 2020;68:823-840.
Gopal S, Arokiasamy S, Pataki C, et al. Syndecan receptors: pericellular regulators in development and inflammatory disease. Open Biol. 2021;11:200377.
Bertrand J, Bollmann M. Soluble syndecans: biomarkers for diseases and therapeutic options. Br J Pharmacol. 2019;176:67-81.
Arican O, Aral M, Sasmaz S, et al. Serum levels of TNF-alpha, IFN-gamma, IL-6, IL-8, IL-12, IL-17, and IL-18 in patients with active psoriasis and correlation with disease severity. Mediators Inflamm. 2005;2005:273-279.
Kyriakou A, Patsatsi A, Vyzantiadis TA, et al. Serum levels of TNF-α, IL12/23 p40, and IL-17 in psoriatic patients with and without nail psoriasis: a cross-sectional study. ScientificWorldJournal. 2014;2014:508178.
Xuan ML, Lu CJ, Han L, et al. Circulating levels of inflammatory cytokines in patients with psoriasis vulgaris of different Chinese medicine syndromes. Chin J Integr Med. 2015;21:108-114.
Saunders S, Jalkanen M, O’Farrell S, et al. Molecular cloning of syndecan, an integral membrane proteoglycan. J Cell Biol. 1989;108:1547-1556.
Manon-Jensen T, Itoh Y, Couchman JR. Proteoglycans in health and disease: the multiple roles of syndecan shedding. FEBS J. 2010;277:3876-3889.
Zhao J, Ye X, Zhang Z. Syndecan-4 is correlated with disease activity and serological characteristic of rheumatoid arthritis. Adv Rheumatol. 2022;62:21.
Cekic C, Kırcı A, Vatansever S, et al. Serum syndecan-1 levels and its relationship to disease activity in patients with Crohn’s disease. Gastroenterol Res Pract. 2015;2015:850351.
Minowa K, Amano H, Nakano S, et al. Elevated serum level of circulating syndecan-1 (CD138) in active systemic lupus erythematosus. Autoimmunity. 2011;44:357-362.
Nakao M, Sugaya M, Takahashi N, et al. Increased syndecan-4 expression in sera and skin of patients with atopic dermatitis. Arch Dermatol Res. 2016;308:655-660.
Jaiswal AK, Sadasivam M, Archer NK, et al. Syndecan-1 regulates psoriasiform dermatitis by controlling homeostasis of IL-17-producing γδ T cells. J Immunol. 2018;201:1651-1661
Wagner MFMG, Theodoro TR, Filho CASM, et al. Extracellular matrix alterations in the skin of patients affected by psoriasis. BMC Mol Cell Biol. 2021;22:55.
Peters F, Rahn S, Mengel M, et al. Syndecan-1 shedding by meprin β impairs keratinocyte adhesion and differentiation in hyperkeratosis. Matrix Biol. 2021;102:37-69.
Koliakou E, Eleni MM, Koumentakou I, et al. Altered distribution and expression of syndecan-1 and -4 as an additional hallmark in psoriasis. Int J Mol Sci. 2022;23:6511.
Doss RW, El-Rifaie AA, Said AN, et al. Cutaneous syndecan-1 expression before and after phototherapy in psoriasis. Indian J Dermatol Venereol Leprol. 2020;86:439-440.
Griffiths CEM, Armstrong AW, Gudjonsson JE, et al. Psoriasis. Lancet. 2021;397:1301-1315.
Uings IJ, Farrow SN. Cell receptors and cell signaling. Mol Pathol. 2000;53:295-299.
Kirkpatrick CA, Selleck SB. Heparan sulfate proteoglycans at a glance.J Cell Sci. 2007;120:1829-1832.
Stepp MA, Pal-Ghosh S, Tadvalkar G, et al. Syndecan-1 and its expanding list of contacts. Adv Wound Care (New Rochelle). 2015;4:235-249.
Rangarajan S, Richter JR, Richter RP, et al. Heparanase-enhanced shedding of syndecan-1 and its role in driving disease pathogenesis and progression. J Histochem Cytochem. 2020;68:823-840.
Gopal S, Arokiasamy S, Pataki C, et al. Syndecan receptors: pericellular regulators in development and inflammatory disease. Open Biol. 2021;11:200377.
Bertrand J, Bollmann M. Soluble syndecans: biomarkers for diseases and therapeutic options. Br J Pharmacol. 2019;176:67-81.
Arican O, Aral M, Sasmaz S, et al. Serum levels of TNF-alpha, IFN-gamma, IL-6, IL-8, IL-12, IL-17, and IL-18 in patients with active psoriasis and correlation with disease severity. Mediators Inflamm. 2005;2005:273-279.
Kyriakou A, Patsatsi A, Vyzantiadis TA, et al. Serum levels of TNF-α, IL12/23 p40, and IL-17 in psoriatic patients with and without nail psoriasis: a cross-sectional study. ScientificWorldJournal. 2014;2014:508178.
Xuan ML, Lu CJ, Han L, et al. Circulating levels of inflammatory cytokines in patients with psoriasis vulgaris of different Chinese medicine syndromes. Chin J Integr Med. 2015;21:108-114.
Saunders S, Jalkanen M, O’Farrell S, et al. Molecular cloning of syndecan, an integral membrane proteoglycan. J Cell Biol. 1989;108:1547-1556.
Manon-Jensen T, Itoh Y, Couchman JR. Proteoglycans in health and disease: the multiple roles of syndecan shedding. FEBS J. 2010;277:3876-3889.
Zhao J, Ye X, Zhang Z. Syndecan-4 is correlated with disease activity and serological characteristic of rheumatoid arthritis. Adv Rheumatol. 2022;62:21.
Cekic C, Kırcı A, Vatansever S, et al. Serum syndecan-1 levels and its relationship to disease activity in patients with Crohn’s disease. Gastroenterol Res Pract. 2015;2015:850351.
Minowa K, Amano H, Nakano S, et al. Elevated serum level of circulating syndecan-1 (CD138) in active systemic lupus erythematosus. Autoimmunity. 2011;44:357-362.
Nakao M, Sugaya M, Takahashi N, et al. Increased syndecan-4 expression in sera and skin of patients with atopic dermatitis. Arch Dermatol Res. 2016;308:655-660.
Jaiswal AK, Sadasivam M, Archer NK, et al. Syndecan-1 regulates psoriasiform dermatitis by controlling homeostasis of IL-17-producing γδ T cells. J Immunol. 2018;201:1651-1661
Wagner MFMG, Theodoro TR, Filho CASM, et al. Extracellular matrix alterations in the skin of patients affected by psoriasis. BMC Mol Cell Biol. 2021;22:55.
Peters F, Rahn S, Mengel M, et al. Syndecan-1 shedding by meprin β impairs keratinocyte adhesion and differentiation in hyperkeratosis. Matrix Biol. 2021;102:37-69.
Koliakou E, Eleni MM, Koumentakou I, et al. Altered distribution and expression of syndecan-1 and -4 as an additional hallmark in psoriasis. Int J Mol Sci. 2022;23:6511.
Doss RW, El-Rifaie AA, Said AN, et al. Cutaneous syndecan-1 expression before and after phototherapy in psoriasis. Indian J Dermatol Venereol Leprol. 2020;86:439-440.
Pathogenic Significance of Serum Syndecan-1 and Syndecan-4 in Psoriasis
Pathogenic Significance of Serum Syndecan-1 and Syndecan-4 in Psoriasis
PRACTICE POINTS
- Improved understanding of psoriasis pathogenesis has enabled the development of targeted treatments, although the mediators driving the disease have not yet been fully identified.
- Based on the findings of this study and existing literature, we suggest that syndecan-1 and syndecan-4 may play a role in the pathogenesis of psoriasis; however, further studies are needed to elucidate their precise mechanisms of action.
Primary Care Clinician and Patient Knowledge, Interest, and Use of Integrative Treatment Options for Chronic Low Back Pain Management
Primary Care Clinician and Patient Knowledge, Interest, and Use of Integrative Treatment Options for Chronic Low Back Pain Management
More than 50 million US adults report experiencing chronic pain, with nearly 7% experiencing high-impact chronic pain.1-3 Chronic pain negatively affects daily function, results in lost productivity, is a leading cause of disability, and is more prevalent among veterans compared with the general population.1,2,4-6 Estimates from 2021 suggest the prevalence of chronic pain among veterans exceeds 30%; > 11% experienced high-impact chronic pain.1
Primary care practitioners (PCPs) have a prominent role in chronic pain management. Pharmacologic options for treating pain, once a mainstay of therapy, present several challenges for patients and PCPs, including drug-drug interactions and adverse effects.7 The US opioid epidemic and shift to a biopsychosocial model of chronic pain care have increased emphasis on nonpharmacologic treatment options.8,9 These include integrative modalities, which incorporate conventional approaches with an array of complementary health approaches.10-12
Integrative therapy is a prominent feature in whole person care, which may be best exemplified by the US Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) Whole Health System of care.13-14 Whole health empowers an individual to take charge of their health and well-being so they can “live their life to the fullest.”14 As implemented in the Veterans Health Administration (VHA), whole health includes the use of evidence-based
METHODS
Using a cross-sectional survey design, PCPs and patients with chronic back pain affiliated with the VA Ann Arbor Healthcare System were invited to participate in separate but similar surveys to assess knowledge, interest, and use of nonpharmacologic integrative modalities for the treatment of chronic pain. In May, June, and July 2023, 78 PCPs received 3 email
Both survey instruments are available upon request, were developed by the study team, and included a mix of yes/no questions, “select all that apply” items, Likert scale response items, and open-ended questions. For one question about which modalities they would like available, the respondent was instructed to select up to 5 modalities. The instruments were extensively pretested by members of the study team, which included 2 PCPs and a nonveteran with chronic back pain.
The list of integrative modalities included in the survey was derived from the tier 1 and tier 2 complementary and integrative health modalities identified in a VHA Directive on complementary and integrative health.15,16 Tier 1 approaches are considered to have sufficient evidence and must be made available to veterans either within a VA medical facility or in the community. Tier 2 approaches are generally considered safe and may be made available but do not have sufficient evidence to mandate their provision. For participant ease, the integrative modalities were divided into 5 subgroups: manual therapies, energy/biofield therapies, mental health therapies, nutrition counseling, and movement therapies. The clinician survey assessed clinicians’ training and interest, clinical and personal use, and perceived barriers to providing integrative modalities for chronic pain. Professional and personal demographic data were also collected. Similarly, the patient survey assessed use of integrative therapies, perceptions of and interest in integrative modalities, and potential barriers to use. Demographic and health-related information was also collected.
Data analysis included descriptive statistics (eg, frequency counts, means, medians) and visual graphic displays. Separate analyses were conducted for clinicians and patients in addition to a comparative analysis of the use and potential interest in integrative modalities. Analysis were conducted using R software. This study was deemed nonresearch quality improvement by the VA Ann Arbor Healthcare System facility research oversight board and institutional review board approval was not solicited.
RESULTS
Twenty-eight clinicians completed the survey, yielding a participation rate of 36%. Participating clinicians had a median (IQR) age of 48 years (9.5), 15 self-identified as White (54%), 8 as Asian (29%), 15 as female (54%), 26 as non-Hispanic (93%), and 25 were medical doctors or doctors of osteopathy (89%). Nineteen (68%) worked at the main hospital outpatient clinic, and 9 practiced at community-based outpatient clinics (CBOCs). Thirteen respondents (46%) reported having no formal education or training in integrative approaches. Among those with prior training, 8 clinicians had nutrition counseling (29%) and 7 had psychologic therapy training (25%). Thirteen respondents (46%) also reported using integrative modalities for personal health needs: 8 used psychological therapies, 8 used movement therapies, 10 used integrative modalities for stress management or relaxation, and 8 used them for physical symptoms (Table 1).

Overall, 85 of 200 patients (43%) responded to the study survey. Two patients indicated they did not have chronic back pain and were excluded. Patients had a median (IQR) age of 66 (20) years, with 66 self-identifying as White (80%), 69 as male (83%), and 66 as non-Hispanic (80%). Forty-four patients (53%) received care at CBOCs. Forty-seven patients reported excellent, very good, or good overall health (57%), while 53 reported excellent, very good, or good mental health (64%). Fifty-nine patients reported back pain duration > 5 years (71%), and 67 (81%) indicated experiencing back pain flare-ups at least once per week over the previous 12 months. Sixty patients (72%) indicated they were somewhat or very interested in using integrative therapies as a back pain treatment; however, 40 patients (48%) indicated they had not received information about these therapies. Among those who indicated they had received information, the most frequently reported source was their PCP (41%). Most patients (72%) also reported feeling somewhat to very comfortable discussing integrative medicine therapies with their PCP.
Integrative Therapy Recommendations and Use
PCPs reported recommending multiple integrative modalities: 23 (82%) recommended cognitive-behavioral therapy, 22 (79%) recommended acupuncture, 21 (75%) recommended chiropractic, 19 (68%) recommended battlefield acupuncture, recommended massage 18 (64%), 17 (61%) recommended meditation or mindfulness, and 15 (54%) recommended movement therapies such as yoga or tai chi/qigong (Figure 1). The only therapies used by at least half of the patients were chiropractic used by 59 patients (71%) and acupuncture by 42 patients (51%). Thirty-eight patients (46%) reported massage use and 21 patients (25%) used cognitive-behavioral therapy (Table 2).


Integrative Therapies Desired
A majority of PCPs identified acupuncture (n = 20, 71%), chiropractic (n = 19, 68%), and massage (n = 19, 68%) as therapies they would most like to have available for patients with chronic pain (Figure 2). Similarly, patients identified massage (n = 42, 51%), chiropractic (n = 34, 41%), and acupuncture (n = 27, 33%) as most desired. Seventeen patients (21%) expressed interest in movement therapies.

Barriers to Integrative Therapies Use
When asked about barriers to use, 26 PCPs (93%) identified access to services as a somewhat or extremely likely barrier, and 22 identified time constraints (79%) (Table 3). However, 17 PCPs (61%) noted lack of familiarity, and 18 (64%) noted a lack of scientific evidence as barriers to recommending integrative modalities. Among patients, 33 (40%) indicated not knowing what services were available at their facility as a barrier, 32 (39%) were not familiar with specific therapies, and 21 (25%) indicated a lack of clarity about the benefits of a specific therapy. Only 14 patients (17%) indicated that there were no obstacles to use.

DISCUSSION
Use of integrative therapies, including complementary treatments, is an increasingly important part of chronic pain management. This survey study suggests VA PCPs are willing to recommend integrative therapies and patients with chronic back pain both desire and use several therapies. Moreover, both groups expressed interest in greater availability of similar therapies. The results also highlight key barriers, such as knowledge gaps, that should be addressed to increase the uptake of integrative modalities for managing chronic pain.
An increasing number of US adults are using complementary health approaches, an important component of integrative therapy.12 This trend includes an increase in use for pain management, from 42.3% in 2002 to 49.2% in 2022; chiropractic care, acupuncture, and massage were most frequently used.12 Similarly, chiropractic, acupuncture and massage were most often used by this sample of veterans with chronic back pain and were identified by the highest percentages of PCPs and patients as the therapies they would most like available.
There were areas where the opinions of patients and clinicians differed. As has been seen previously reported, clinicians largely recommended cognitive-behavioral therapy while patients showed less interest.17 Additionally, while patients expressed interest in the availability of movement therapies, such as yoga, PCPs expressed more interest in other strategies, such as trigger point injections. These differences may reflect true preference or a tendency for clinicians and patients to select therapies with which they are more familiar. Additional research is needed to better understand the acceptability and potential use of integrative health treatments across a broad array of therapeutic options.
Despite VHA policy requiring facilities to provide certain complementary and integrative health modalities, almost all PCPs identified access to services as a major obstacle.15 Based on evidence and a rigorous vetting process, services currently required on-site, via telehealth, or through community partners include acupuncture and battlefield acupuncture (battlefield auricular acupuncture), biofeedback, clinical hypnosis, guided imagery, medical massage therapy, medication, tai chi/qigong, and yoga. Optional approaches, which may be made available to veterans, include chiropractic and healing touch. Outside the VHA, some states have introduced or enacted legislation mandating insurance coverage of nonpharmacological pain treatments.18 However, these requirements and mandates do not help address challenges such as the availability of trained/qualified practitioners.19,20 Ensuring access to complementary and integrative health treatments requires a more concerted effort to ensure that supply meets demand. It is also important to acknowledge the budgetary and physical space constraints that further limit access to services. Although expansion and integration of integrative medicine services remain a priority within the VA Whole Health program, implementation is contingent on available financial and infrastructure resources.
Time was also identified by PCPs as a barrier to recommending integrative therapies to patients. Developing and implementing time-efficient communication strategies for patient education such as concise talking points and informational handouts could help address this barrier. Furthermore, leveraging existing programs and engaging the entire health care team in patient education and referral could help increase integrative and complementary therapy uptake and use.
Although access and time were identified as major barriers, these findings also suggest that PCP and patient knowledge are another target area for enhancing the use of complementary and integrative therapies. Like prior research, most clinicians identified a lack of familiarity with certain services and a lack of scientific evidence as extremely or somewhat likely to affect their ability to offer integrative services to patients with chronic pain.21 Likewise, about 40% of patients identified being unfamiliar with a specific therapy as one of the major obstacles to receiving integrative therapies, with a similar number identifying PCPs as a source of information. The lack of familiarity may be due in part to the evolving nomenclature, with terms such as alternative, complementary, and integrative used to describe approaches outside what is often considered conventional medicine.10 On the other hand, there has also been considerable expansion in the number of therapies within this domain, along with an expanding evidence base. This suggests a need for targeted educational strategies for clinicians and patients, which can be rapidly deployed and continuously adapted as new therapies and evidence emerge.
Limitations
There are some inherent limitations with a survey-based approach, including sampling, non-response, and social desirability biases. In addition, this study only included PCPs and patients affiliated with a single VA medical center. Steps to mitigate these limitations included maintaining survey anonymity and reporting information about respondent characteristics to enhance transparency about the representativeness of the study findings.
CONCLUSIONS
Expanding the use of nonpharmacological pain treatments, including integrative modalities, is essential for safe and effective chronic pain management and reducing opioid use. Our findings show that VA PCPs and patients with chronic back pain are interested in and have some experience with certain integrative therapies. However, even within the context of a health care system that supports the use of integrative therapies for chronic pain as part of whole person care, increasing uptake will require addressing access and time-related constraints as well as ongoing clinician and patient education.
- Rikard SM, Strahan AE, Schmit KM, et al. Chronic pain among adults — United States, 2018-2021. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2023;72:379-385. doi:10.15585/mmwr.mm7215a1
- Yong RJ, Mullins PM, Bhattacharyya N. Prevalence of chronic pain among adults in the United States. Pain. 2022;163:E328-E332. doi:10.1097/j.pain.0000000000002291
- Nahin RL, Feinberg T, Kapos FP, Terman GW. Estimated rates of incident and persistent chronic pain among US adults, 2019-2020. JAMA Netw Open. 2023;6:e2313563. doi:10.1001/jamanetworkopen.2023.13563
- Ferrari AJ, Santomauro DF, Aali A, et al. Global incidence, prevalence, years lived with disability (YLDs), disability-adjusted life-years (DALYs), and healthy life expectancy (HALE) for 371 diseases and injuries in 204 countries and territories and 811 subnational locations, 1990–2021: a systematic analysis for the Global Burden of Disease Study 2021. The Lancet. 2024;403:2133-2161. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(24)00757-8 5.
- Qureshi AR, Patel M, Neumark S, et al. Prevalence of chronic non-cancer pain among military veterans: a systematic review and meta-analysis of observational studies. BMJ Mil Health. 2025;171:310-314. doi:10.1136/military-2023-002554
- Feldman DE, Nahin RL. Disability among persons with chronic severe back pain: results from a nationally representative population-based sample. J Pain. 2022;23:2144-2154. doi:10.1016/j.jpain.2022.07.016
- Qaseem A, Wilt TJ, McLean RM, Forciea MA. Noninvasive treatments for acute, subacute, and chronic low back pain: a clinical practice guideline from the American College of Physicians. Ann Intern Med. 2017;166:514-530. doi:10.7326/M16-2367
- van Erp RMA, Huijnen IPJ, Jakobs MLG, Kleijnen J, Smeets RJEM. Effectiveness of primary care interventions using a biopsychosocial approach in chronic low back pain: a systematic review. Pain Practice. 2019;19:224-241. doi:10.1111/papr.12735
- Chou R, Deyo R, Friedly J, et al. Nonpharmacologic therapies for low back pain: a systematic review for an American College of physicians clinical practice guideline. Ann Intern Med. 2017;166:493-505. doi:10.7326/M16-2459
- Complementary, alternative, or integrative health: what’s in a name? National Institutes of Health, National Center for Complementary and Integrative Health. Updated April 2021. Accessed December 15, 2025. https://www.nccih.nih.gov/health/complementary-alternative-or-integrative-health-whats-in-a-name.
- Taylor SL, Elwy AR. Complementary and alternative medicine for US veterans and active duty military personnel promising steps to improve their health. Med Care. 2014;52:S1-S4. doi:10.1097/MLR.0000000000000270.
- Nahin RL, Rhee A, Stussman B. Use of complementary health approaches overall and for pain management by US adults. JAMA. 2024;331:613-615. doi:10.1001/jama.2023.26775
- Gantt CJ, Donovan N, Khung M. Veterans Affairs’ Whole Health System of Care for transitioning service members and veterans. Mil Med. 2023;188:28-32. doi:10.1093/milmed/usad047
- Bokhour BG, Hyde J, Kligler B, et al. From patient outcomes to system change: evaluating the impact of VHA’s implementation of the Whole Health System of Care. Health Serv Res. 2022;57:53-65. doi:10.1111/1475-6773.13938
- Department of Veterans Affairs VHA. VHA Policy Directive 1137: Provision of Complementary and Integrative Health. December 2022. Accessed December 15, 2025. https://www.va.gov/VHApublications/ViewPublication.asp?pub_ID=10072
- Giannitrapani KF, Holliday JR, Miake-Lye IM, Hempel S, Taylor SL. Synthesizing the strength of the evidence of complementary and integrative health therapies for pain. Pain Med. 2019;20:1831-1840. doi:10.1093/pm/pnz068
- Belitskaya-Levy I, David Clark J, Shih MC, Bair MJ. Treatment preferences for chronic low back pain: views of veterans and their providers. J Pain Res. 2021;14:161-171. doi:10.2147/JPR.S290400
- Onstott TN, Hurst S, Kronick R, Tsou AC, Groessl E, McMenamin SB. Health insurance mandates for nonpharmacological pain treatments in 7 US states. JAMA Netw Open. 2024;7:E245737. doi:10.1001/jamanetworkopen.2024.5737
- Sullivan M, Leach M, Snow J, Moonaz S. The North American yoga therapy workforce survey. Complement Ther Med. 2017;31:39-48. doi:10.1016/j.ctim.2017.01.006
- Bolton R, Ritter G, Highland K, Larson MJ. The relationship between capacity and utilization of nonpharmacologic therapies in the US Military Health System. BMC Health Serv Res. 2022;22. doi:10.1186/s12913-022-07700-4
- Stussman BJ, Nahin RL, Barnes PM, Scott R, Feinberg T, Ward BW. Reasons office-based physicians in the United States recommend common complementary health approaches to patients: an exploratory study using a national survey. J Integr Complement Med. 2022;28:651-663. doi:10.1089/jicm.2022.0493
More than 50 million US adults report experiencing chronic pain, with nearly 7% experiencing high-impact chronic pain.1-3 Chronic pain negatively affects daily function, results in lost productivity, is a leading cause of disability, and is more prevalent among veterans compared with the general population.1,2,4-6 Estimates from 2021 suggest the prevalence of chronic pain among veterans exceeds 30%; > 11% experienced high-impact chronic pain.1
Primary care practitioners (PCPs) have a prominent role in chronic pain management. Pharmacologic options for treating pain, once a mainstay of therapy, present several challenges for patients and PCPs, including drug-drug interactions and adverse effects.7 The US opioid epidemic and shift to a biopsychosocial model of chronic pain care have increased emphasis on nonpharmacologic treatment options.8,9 These include integrative modalities, which incorporate conventional approaches with an array of complementary health approaches.10-12
Integrative therapy is a prominent feature in whole person care, which may be best exemplified by the US Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) Whole Health System of care.13-14 Whole health empowers an individual to take charge of their health and well-being so they can “live their life to the fullest.”14 As implemented in the Veterans Health Administration (VHA), whole health includes the use of evidence-based
METHODS
Using a cross-sectional survey design, PCPs and patients with chronic back pain affiliated with the VA Ann Arbor Healthcare System were invited to participate in separate but similar surveys to assess knowledge, interest, and use of nonpharmacologic integrative modalities for the treatment of chronic pain. In May, June, and July 2023, 78 PCPs received 3 email
Both survey instruments are available upon request, were developed by the study team, and included a mix of yes/no questions, “select all that apply” items, Likert scale response items, and open-ended questions. For one question about which modalities they would like available, the respondent was instructed to select up to 5 modalities. The instruments were extensively pretested by members of the study team, which included 2 PCPs and a nonveteran with chronic back pain.
The list of integrative modalities included in the survey was derived from the tier 1 and tier 2 complementary and integrative health modalities identified in a VHA Directive on complementary and integrative health.15,16 Tier 1 approaches are considered to have sufficient evidence and must be made available to veterans either within a VA medical facility or in the community. Tier 2 approaches are generally considered safe and may be made available but do not have sufficient evidence to mandate their provision. For participant ease, the integrative modalities were divided into 5 subgroups: manual therapies, energy/biofield therapies, mental health therapies, nutrition counseling, and movement therapies. The clinician survey assessed clinicians’ training and interest, clinical and personal use, and perceived barriers to providing integrative modalities for chronic pain. Professional and personal demographic data were also collected. Similarly, the patient survey assessed use of integrative therapies, perceptions of and interest in integrative modalities, and potential barriers to use. Demographic and health-related information was also collected.
Data analysis included descriptive statistics (eg, frequency counts, means, medians) and visual graphic displays. Separate analyses were conducted for clinicians and patients in addition to a comparative analysis of the use and potential interest in integrative modalities. Analysis were conducted using R software. This study was deemed nonresearch quality improvement by the VA Ann Arbor Healthcare System facility research oversight board and institutional review board approval was not solicited.
RESULTS
Twenty-eight clinicians completed the survey, yielding a participation rate of 36%. Participating clinicians had a median (IQR) age of 48 years (9.5), 15 self-identified as White (54%), 8 as Asian (29%), 15 as female (54%), 26 as non-Hispanic (93%), and 25 were medical doctors or doctors of osteopathy (89%). Nineteen (68%) worked at the main hospital outpatient clinic, and 9 practiced at community-based outpatient clinics (CBOCs). Thirteen respondents (46%) reported having no formal education or training in integrative approaches. Among those with prior training, 8 clinicians had nutrition counseling (29%) and 7 had psychologic therapy training (25%). Thirteen respondents (46%) also reported using integrative modalities for personal health needs: 8 used psychological therapies, 8 used movement therapies, 10 used integrative modalities for stress management or relaxation, and 8 used them for physical symptoms (Table 1).

Overall, 85 of 200 patients (43%) responded to the study survey. Two patients indicated they did not have chronic back pain and were excluded. Patients had a median (IQR) age of 66 (20) years, with 66 self-identifying as White (80%), 69 as male (83%), and 66 as non-Hispanic (80%). Forty-four patients (53%) received care at CBOCs. Forty-seven patients reported excellent, very good, or good overall health (57%), while 53 reported excellent, very good, or good mental health (64%). Fifty-nine patients reported back pain duration > 5 years (71%), and 67 (81%) indicated experiencing back pain flare-ups at least once per week over the previous 12 months. Sixty patients (72%) indicated they were somewhat or very interested in using integrative therapies as a back pain treatment; however, 40 patients (48%) indicated they had not received information about these therapies. Among those who indicated they had received information, the most frequently reported source was their PCP (41%). Most patients (72%) also reported feeling somewhat to very comfortable discussing integrative medicine therapies with their PCP.
Integrative Therapy Recommendations and Use
PCPs reported recommending multiple integrative modalities: 23 (82%) recommended cognitive-behavioral therapy, 22 (79%) recommended acupuncture, 21 (75%) recommended chiropractic, 19 (68%) recommended battlefield acupuncture, recommended massage 18 (64%), 17 (61%) recommended meditation or mindfulness, and 15 (54%) recommended movement therapies such as yoga or tai chi/qigong (Figure 1). The only therapies used by at least half of the patients were chiropractic used by 59 patients (71%) and acupuncture by 42 patients (51%). Thirty-eight patients (46%) reported massage use and 21 patients (25%) used cognitive-behavioral therapy (Table 2).


Integrative Therapies Desired
A majority of PCPs identified acupuncture (n = 20, 71%), chiropractic (n = 19, 68%), and massage (n = 19, 68%) as therapies they would most like to have available for patients with chronic pain (Figure 2). Similarly, patients identified massage (n = 42, 51%), chiropractic (n = 34, 41%), and acupuncture (n = 27, 33%) as most desired. Seventeen patients (21%) expressed interest in movement therapies.

Barriers to Integrative Therapies Use
When asked about barriers to use, 26 PCPs (93%) identified access to services as a somewhat or extremely likely barrier, and 22 identified time constraints (79%) (Table 3). However, 17 PCPs (61%) noted lack of familiarity, and 18 (64%) noted a lack of scientific evidence as barriers to recommending integrative modalities. Among patients, 33 (40%) indicated not knowing what services were available at their facility as a barrier, 32 (39%) were not familiar with specific therapies, and 21 (25%) indicated a lack of clarity about the benefits of a specific therapy. Only 14 patients (17%) indicated that there were no obstacles to use.

DISCUSSION
Use of integrative therapies, including complementary treatments, is an increasingly important part of chronic pain management. This survey study suggests VA PCPs are willing to recommend integrative therapies and patients with chronic back pain both desire and use several therapies. Moreover, both groups expressed interest in greater availability of similar therapies. The results also highlight key barriers, such as knowledge gaps, that should be addressed to increase the uptake of integrative modalities for managing chronic pain.
An increasing number of US adults are using complementary health approaches, an important component of integrative therapy.12 This trend includes an increase in use for pain management, from 42.3% in 2002 to 49.2% in 2022; chiropractic care, acupuncture, and massage were most frequently used.12 Similarly, chiropractic, acupuncture and massage were most often used by this sample of veterans with chronic back pain and were identified by the highest percentages of PCPs and patients as the therapies they would most like available.
There were areas where the opinions of patients and clinicians differed. As has been seen previously reported, clinicians largely recommended cognitive-behavioral therapy while patients showed less interest.17 Additionally, while patients expressed interest in the availability of movement therapies, such as yoga, PCPs expressed more interest in other strategies, such as trigger point injections. These differences may reflect true preference or a tendency for clinicians and patients to select therapies with which they are more familiar. Additional research is needed to better understand the acceptability and potential use of integrative health treatments across a broad array of therapeutic options.
Despite VHA policy requiring facilities to provide certain complementary and integrative health modalities, almost all PCPs identified access to services as a major obstacle.15 Based on evidence and a rigorous vetting process, services currently required on-site, via telehealth, or through community partners include acupuncture and battlefield acupuncture (battlefield auricular acupuncture), biofeedback, clinical hypnosis, guided imagery, medical massage therapy, medication, tai chi/qigong, and yoga. Optional approaches, which may be made available to veterans, include chiropractic and healing touch. Outside the VHA, some states have introduced or enacted legislation mandating insurance coverage of nonpharmacological pain treatments.18 However, these requirements and mandates do not help address challenges such as the availability of trained/qualified practitioners.19,20 Ensuring access to complementary and integrative health treatments requires a more concerted effort to ensure that supply meets demand. It is also important to acknowledge the budgetary and physical space constraints that further limit access to services. Although expansion and integration of integrative medicine services remain a priority within the VA Whole Health program, implementation is contingent on available financial and infrastructure resources.
Time was also identified by PCPs as a barrier to recommending integrative therapies to patients. Developing and implementing time-efficient communication strategies for patient education such as concise talking points and informational handouts could help address this barrier. Furthermore, leveraging existing programs and engaging the entire health care team in patient education and referral could help increase integrative and complementary therapy uptake and use.
Although access and time were identified as major barriers, these findings also suggest that PCP and patient knowledge are another target area for enhancing the use of complementary and integrative therapies. Like prior research, most clinicians identified a lack of familiarity with certain services and a lack of scientific evidence as extremely or somewhat likely to affect their ability to offer integrative services to patients with chronic pain.21 Likewise, about 40% of patients identified being unfamiliar with a specific therapy as one of the major obstacles to receiving integrative therapies, with a similar number identifying PCPs as a source of information. The lack of familiarity may be due in part to the evolving nomenclature, with terms such as alternative, complementary, and integrative used to describe approaches outside what is often considered conventional medicine.10 On the other hand, there has also been considerable expansion in the number of therapies within this domain, along with an expanding evidence base. This suggests a need for targeted educational strategies for clinicians and patients, which can be rapidly deployed and continuously adapted as new therapies and evidence emerge.
Limitations
There are some inherent limitations with a survey-based approach, including sampling, non-response, and social desirability biases. In addition, this study only included PCPs and patients affiliated with a single VA medical center. Steps to mitigate these limitations included maintaining survey anonymity and reporting information about respondent characteristics to enhance transparency about the representativeness of the study findings.
CONCLUSIONS
Expanding the use of nonpharmacological pain treatments, including integrative modalities, is essential for safe and effective chronic pain management and reducing opioid use. Our findings show that VA PCPs and patients with chronic back pain are interested in and have some experience with certain integrative therapies. However, even within the context of a health care system that supports the use of integrative therapies for chronic pain as part of whole person care, increasing uptake will require addressing access and time-related constraints as well as ongoing clinician and patient education.
More than 50 million US adults report experiencing chronic pain, with nearly 7% experiencing high-impact chronic pain.1-3 Chronic pain negatively affects daily function, results in lost productivity, is a leading cause of disability, and is more prevalent among veterans compared with the general population.1,2,4-6 Estimates from 2021 suggest the prevalence of chronic pain among veterans exceeds 30%; > 11% experienced high-impact chronic pain.1
Primary care practitioners (PCPs) have a prominent role in chronic pain management. Pharmacologic options for treating pain, once a mainstay of therapy, present several challenges for patients and PCPs, including drug-drug interactions and adverse effects.7 The US opioid epidemic and shift to a biopsychosocial model of chronic pain care have increased emphasis on nonpharmacologic treatment options.8,9 These include integrative modalities, which incorporate conventional approaches with an array of complementary health approaches.10-12
Integrative therapy is a prominent feature in whole person care, which may be best exemplified by the US Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) Whole Health System of care.13-14 Whole health empowers an individual to take charge of their health and well-being so they can “live their life to the fullest.”14 As implemented in the Veterans Health Administration (VHA), whole health includes the use of evidence-based
METHODS
Using a cross-sectional survey design, PCPs and patients with chronic back pain affiliated with the VA Ann Arbor Healthcare System were invited to participate in separate but similar surveys to assess knowledge, interest, and use of nonpharmacologic integrative modalities for the treatment of chronic pain. In May, June, and July 2023, 78 PCPs received 3 email
Both survey instruments are available upon request, were developed by the study team, and included a mix of yes/no questions, “select all that apply” items, Likert scale response items, and open-ended questions. For one question about which modalities they would like available, the respondent was instructed to select up to 5 modalities. The instruments were extensively pretested by members of the study team, which included 2 PCPs and a nonveteran with chronic back pain.
The list of integrative modalities included in the survey was derived from the tier 1 and tier 2 complementary and integrative health modalities identified in a VHA Directive on complementary and integrative health.15,16 Tier 1 approaches are considered to have sufficient evidence and must be made available to veterans either within a VA medical facility or in the community. Tier 2 approaches are generally considered safe and may be made available but do not have sufficient evidence to mandate their provision. For participant ease, the integrative modalities were divided into 5 subgroups: manual therapies, energy/biofield therapies, mental health therapies, nutrition counseling, and movement therapies. The clinician survey assessed clinicians’ training and interest, clinical and personal use, and perceived barriers to providing integrative modalities for chronic pain. Professional and personal demographic data were also collected. Similarly, the patient survey assessed use of integrative therapies, perceptions of and interest in integrative modalities, and potential barriers to use. Demographic and health-related information was also collected.
Data analysis included descriptive statistics (eg, frequency counts, means, medians) and visual graphic displays. Separate analyses were conducted for clinicians and patients in addition to a comparative analysis of the use and potential interest in integrative modalities. Analysis were conducted using R software. This study was deemed nonresearch quality improvement by the VA Ann Arbor Healthcare System facility research oversight board and institutional review board approval was not solicited.
RESULTS
Twenty-eight clinicians completed the survey, yielding a participation rate of 36%. Participating clinicians had a median (IQR) age of 48 years (9.5), 15 self-identified as White (54%), 8 as Asian (29%), 15 as female (54%), 26 as non-Hispanic (93%), and 25 were medical doctors or doctors of osteopathy (89%). Nineteen (68%) worked at the main hospital outpatient clinic, and 9 practiced at community-based outpatient clinics (CBOCs). Thirteen respondents (46%) reported having no formal education or training in integrative approaches. Among those with prior training, 8 clinicians had nutrition counseling (29%) and 7 had psychologic therapy training (25%). Thirteen respondents (46%) also reported using integrative modalities for personal health needs: 8 used psychological therapies, 8 used movement therapies, 10 used integrative modalities for stress management or relaxation, and 8 used them for physical symptoms (Table 1).

Overall, 85 of 200 patients (43%) responded to the study survey. Two patients indicated they did not have chronic back pain and were excluded. Patients had a median (IQR) age of 66 (20) years, with 66 self-identifying as White (80%), 69 as male (83%), and 66 as non-Hispanic (80%). Forty-four patients (53%) received care at CBOCs. Forty-seven patients reported excellent, very good, or good overall health (57%), while 53 reported excellent, very good, or good mental health (64%). Fifty-nine patients reported back pain duration > 5 years (71%), and 67 (81%) indicated experiencing back pain flare-ups at least once per week over the previous 12 months. Sixty patients (72%) indicated they were somewhat or very interested in using integrative therapies as a back pain treatment; however, 40 patients (48%) indicated they had not received information about these therapies. Among those who indicated they had received information, the most frequently reported source was their PCP (41%). Most patients (72%) also reported feeling somewhat to very comfortable discussing integrative medicine therapies with their PCP.
Integrative Therapy Recommendations and Use
PCPs reported recommending multiple integrative modalities: 23 (82%) recommended cognitive-behavioral therapy, 22 (79%) recommended acupuncture, 21 (75%) recommended chiropractic, 19 (68%) recommended battlefield acupuncture, recommended massage 18 (64%), 17 (61%) recommended meditation or mindfulness, and 15 (54%) recommended movement therapies such as yoga or tai chi/qigong (Figure 1). The only therapies used by at least half of the patients were chiropractic used by 59 patients (71%) and acupuncture by 42 patients (51%). Thirty-eight patients (46%) reported massage use and 21 patients (25%) used cognitive-behavioral therapy (Table 2).


Integrative Therapies Desired
A majority of PCPs identified acupuncture (n = 20, 71%), chiropractic (n = 19, 68%), and massage (n = 19, 68%) as therapies they would most like to have available for patients with chronic pain (Figure 2). Similarly, patients identified massage (n = 42, 51%), chiropractic (n = 34, 41%), and acupuncture (n = 27, 33%) as most desired. Seventeen patients (21%) expressed interest in movement therapies.

Barriers to Integrative Therapies Use
When asked about barriers to use, 26 PCPs (93%) identified access to services as a somewhat or extremely likely barrier, and 22 identified time constraints (79%) (Table 3). However, 17 PCPs (61%) noted lack of familiarity, and 18 (64%) noted a lack of scientific evidence as barriers to recommending integrative modalities. Among patients, 33 (40%) indicated not knowing what services were available at their facility as a barrier, 32 (39%) were not familiar with specific therapies, and 21 (25%) indicated a lack of clarity about the benefits of a specific therapy. Only 14 patients (17%) indicated that there were no obstacles to use.

DISCUSSION
Use of integrative therapies, including complementary treatments, is an increasingly important part of chronic pain management. This survey study suggests VA PCPs are willing to recommend integrative therapies and patients with chronic back pain both desire and use several therapies. Moreover, both groups expressed interest in greater availability of similar therapies. The results also highlight key barriers, such as knowledge gaps, that should be addressed to increase the uptake of integrative modalities for managing chronic pain.
An increasing number of US adults are using complementary health approaches, an important component of integrative therapy.12 This trend includes an increase in use for pain management, from 42.3% in 2002 to 49.2% in 2022; chiropractic care, acupuncture, and massage were most frequently used.12 Similarly, chiropractic, acupuncture and massage were most often used by this sample of veterans with chronic back pain and were identified by the highest percentages of PCPs and patients as the therapies they would most like available.
There were areas where the opinions of patients and clinicians differed. As has been seen previously reported, clinicians largely recommended cognitive-behavioral therapy while patients showed less interest.17 Additionally, while patients expressed interest in the availability of movement therapies, such as yoga, PCPs expressed more interest in other strategies, such as trigger point injections. These differences may reflect true preference or a tendency for clinicians and patients to select therapies with which they are more familiar. Additional research is needed to better understand the acceptability and potential use of integrative health treatments across a broad array of therapeutic options.
Despite VHA policy requiring facilities to provide certain complementary and integrative health modalities, almost all PCPs identified access to services as a major obstacle.15 Based on evidence and a rigorous vetting process, services currently required on-site, via telehealth, or through community partners include acupuncture and battlefield acupuncture (battlefield auricular acupuncture), biofeedback, clinical hypnosis, guided imagery, medical massage therapy, medication, tai chi/qigong, and yoga. Optional approaches, which may be made available to veterans, include chiropractic and healing touch. Outside the VHA, some states have introduced or enacted legislation mandating insurance coverage of nonpharmacological pain treatments.18 However, these requirements and mandates do not help address challenges such as the availability of trained/qualified practitioners.19,20 Ensuring access to complementary and integrative health treatments requires a more concerted effort to ensure that supply meets demand. It is also important to acknowledge the budgetary and physical space constraints that further limit access to services. Although expansion and integration of integrative medicine services remain a priority within the VA Whole Health program, implementation is contingent on available financial and infrastructure resources.
Time was also identified by PCPs as a barrier to recommending integrative therapies to patients. Developing and implementing time-efficient communication strategies for patient education such as concise talking points and informational handouts could help address this barrier. Furthermore, leveraging existing programs and engaging the entire health care team in patient education and referral could help increase integrative and complementary therapy uptake and use.
Although access and time were identified as major barriers, these findings also suggest that PCP and patient knowledge are another target area for enhancing the use of complementary and integrative therapies. Like prior research, most clinicians identified a lack of familiarity with certain services and a lack of scientific evidence as extremely or somewhat likely to affect their ability to offer integrative services to patients with chronic pain.21 Likewise, about 40% of patients identified being unfamiliar with a specific therapy as one of the major obstacles to receiving integrative therapies, with a similar number identifying PCPs as a source of information. The lack of familiarity may be due in part to the evolving nomenclature, with terms such as alternative, complementary, and integrative used to describe approaches outside what is often considered conventional medicine.10 On the other hand, there has also been considerable expansion in the number of therapies within this domain, along with an expanding evidence base. This suggests a need for targeted educational strategies for clinicians and patients, which can be rapidly deployed and continuously adapted as new therapies and evidence emerge.
Limitations
There are some inherent limitations with a survey-based approach, including sampling, non-response, and social desirability biases. In addition, this study only included PCPs and patients affiliated with a single VA medical center. Steps to mitigate these limitations included maintaining survey anonymity and reporting information about respondent characteristics to enhance transparency about the representativeness of the study findings.
CONCLUSIONS
Expanding the use of nonpharmacological pain treatments, including integrative modalities, is essential for safe and effective chronic pain management and reducing opioid use. Our findings show that VA PCPs and patients with chronic back pain are interested in and have some experience with certain integrative therapies. However, even within the context of a health care system that supports the use of integrative therapies for chronic pain as part of whole person care, increasing uptake will require addressing access and time-related constraints as well as ongoing clinician and patient education.
- Rikard SM, Strahan AE, Schmit KM, et al. Chronic pain among adults — United States, 2018-2021. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2023;72:379-385. doi:10.15585/mmwr.mm7215a1
- Yong RJ, Mullins PM, Bhattacharyya N. Prevalence of chronic pain among adults in the United States. Pain. 2022;163:E328-E332. doi:10.1097/j.pain.0000000000002291
- Nahin RL, Feinberg T, Kapos FP, Terman GW. Estimated rates of incident and persistent chronic pain among US adults, 2019-2020. JAMA Netw Open. 2023;6:e2313563. doi:10.1001/jamanetworkopen.2023.13563
- Ferrari AJ, Santomauro DF, Aali A, et al. Global incidence, prevalence, years lived with disability (YLDs), disability-adjusted life-years (DALYs), and healthy life expectancy (HALE) for 371 diseases and injuries in 204 countries and territories and 811 subnational locations, 1990–2021: a systematic analysis for the Global Burden of Disease Study 2021. The Lancet. 2024;403:2133-2161. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(24)00757-8 5.
- Qureshi AR, Patel M, Neumark S, et al. Prevalence of chronic non-cancer pain among military veterans: a systematic review and meta-analysis of observational studies. BMJ Mil Health. 2025;171:310-314. doi:10.1136/military-2023-002554
- Feldman DE, Nahin RL. Disability among persons with chronic severe back pain: results from a nationally representative population-based sample. J Pain. 2022;23:2144-2154. doi:10.1016/j.jpain.2022.07.016
- Qaseem A, Wilt TJ, McLean RM, Forciea MA. Noninvasive treatments for acute, subacute, and chronic low back pain: a clinical practice guideline from the American College of Physicians. Ann Intern Med. 2017;166:514-530. doi:10.7326/M16-2367
- van Erp RMA, Huijnen IPJ, Jakobs MLG, Kleijnen J, Smeets RJEM. Effectiveness of primary care interventions using a biopsychosocial approach in chronic low back pain: a systematic review. Pain Practice. 2019;19:224-241. doi:10.1111/papr.12735
- Chou R, Deyo R, Friedly J, et al. Nonpharmacologic therapies for low back pain: a systematic review for an American College of physicians clinical practice guideline. Ann Intern Med. 2017;166:493-505. doi:10.7326/M16-2459
- Complementary, alternative, or integrative health: what’s in a name? National Institutes of Health, National Center for Complementary and Integrative Health. Updated April 2021. Accessed December 15, 2025. https://www.nccih.nih.gov/health/complementary-alternative-or-integrative-health-whats-in-a-name.
- Taylor SL, Elwy AR. Complementary and alternative medicine for US veterans and active duty military personnel promising steps to improve their health. Med Care. 2014;52:S1-S4. doi:10.1097/MLR.0000000000000270.
- Nahin RL, Rhee A, Stussman B. Use of complementary health approaches overall and for pain management by US adults. JAMA. 2024;331:613-615. doi:10.1001/jama.2023.26775
- Gantt CJ, Donovan N, Khung M. Veterans Affairs’ Whole Health System of Care for transitioning service members and veterans. Mil Med. 2023;188:28-32. doi:10.1093/milmed/usad047
- Bokhour BG, Hyde J, Kligler B, et al. From patient outcomes to system change: evaluating the impact of VHA’s implementation of the Whole Health System of Care. Health Serv Res. 2022;57:53-65. doi:10.1111/1475-6773.13938
- Department of Veterans Affairs VHA. VHA Policy Directive 1137: Provision of Complementary and Integrative Health. December 2022. Accessed December 15, 2025. https://www.va.gov/VHApublications/ViewPublication.asp?pub_ID=10072
- Giannitrapani KF, Holliday JR, Miake-Lye IM, Hempel S, Taylor SL. Synthesizing the strength of the evidence of complementary and integrative health therapies for pain. Pain Med. 2019;20:1831-1840. doi:10.1093/pm/pnz068
- Belitskaya-Levy I, David Clark J, Shih MC, Bair MJ. Treatment preferences for chronic low back pain: views of veterans and their providers. J Pain Res. 2021;14:161-171. doi:10.2147/JPR.S290400
- Onstott TN, Hurst S, Kronick R, Tsou AC, Groessl E, McMenamin SB. Health insurance mandates for nonpharmacological pain treatments in 7 US states. JAMA Netw Open. 2024;7:E245737. doi:10.1001/jamanetworkopen.2024.5737
- Sullivan M, Leach M, Snow J, Moonaz S. The North American yoga therapy workforce survey. Complement Ther Med. 2017;31:39-48. doi:10.1016/j.ctim.2017.01.006
- Bolton R, Ritter G, Highland K, Larson MJ. The relationship between capacity and utilization of nonpharmacologic therapies in the US Military Health System. BMC Health Serv Res. 2022;22. doi:10.1186/s12913-022-07700-4
- Stussman BJ, Nahin RL, Barnes PM, Scott R, Feinberg T, Ward BW. Reasons office-based physicians in the United States recommend common complementary health approaches to patients: an exploratory study using a national survey. J Integr Complement Med. 2022;28:651-663. doi:10.1089/jicm.2022.0493
- Rikard SM, Strahan AE, Schmit KM, et al. Chronic pain among adults — United States, 2018-2021. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2023;72:379-385. doi:10.15585/mmwr.mm7215a1
- Yong RJ, Mullins PM, Bhattacharyya N. Prevalence of chronic pain among adults in the United States. Pain. 2022;163:E328-E332. doi:10.1097/j.pain.0000000000002291
- Nahin RL, Feinberg T, Kapos FP, Terman GW. Estimated rates of incident and persistent chronic pain among US adults, 2019-2020. JAMA Netw Open. 2023;6:e2313563. doi:10.1001/jamanetworkopen.2023.13563
- Ferrari AJ, Santomauro DF, Aali A, et al. Global incidence, prevalence, years lived with disability (YLDs), disability-adjusted life-years (DALYs), and healthy life expectancy (HALE) for 371 diseases and injuries in 204 countries and territories and 811 subnational locations, 1990–2021: a systematic analysis for the Global Burden of Disease Study 2021. The Lancet. 2024;403:2133-2161. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(24)00757-8 5.
- Qureshi AR, Patel M, Neumark S, et al. Prevalence of chronic non-cancer pain among military veterans: a systematic review and meta-analysis of observational studies. BMJ Mil Health. 2025;171:310-314. doi:10.1136/military-2023-002554
- Feldman DE, Nahin RL. Disability among persons with chronic severe back pain: results from a nationally representative population-based sample. J Pain. 2022;23:2144-2154. doi:10.1016/j.jpain.2022.07.016
- Qaseem A, Wilt TJ, McLean RM, Forciea MA. Noninvasive treatments for acute, subacute, and chronic low back pain: a clinical practice guideline from the American College of Physicians. Ann Intern Med. 2017;166:514-530. doi:10.7326/M16-2367
- van Erp RMA, Huijnen IPJ, Jakobs MLG, Kleijnen J, Smeets RJEM. Effectiveness of primary care interventions using a biopsychosocial approach in chronic low back pain: a systematic review. Pain Practice. 2019;19:224-241. doi:10.1111/papr.12735
- Chou R, Deyo R, Friedly J, et al. Nonpharmacologic therapies for low back pain: a systematic review for an American College of physicians clinical practice guideline. Ann Intern Med. 2017;166:493-505. doi:10.7326/M16-2459
- Complementary, alternative, or integrative health: what’s in a name? National Institutes of Health, National Center for Complementary and Integrative Health. Updated April 2021. Accessed December 15, 2025. https://www.nccih.nih.gov/health/complementary-alternative-or-integrative-health-whats-in-a-name.
- Taylor SL, Elwy AR. Complementary and alternative medicine for US veterans and active duty military personnel promising steps to improve their health. Med Care. 2014;52:S1-S4. doi:10.1097/MLR.0000000000000270.
- Nahin RL, Rhee A, Stussman B. Use of complementary health approaches overall and for pain management by US adults. JAMA. 2024;331:613-615. doi:10.1001/jama.2023.26775
- Gantt CJ, Donovan N, Khung M. Veterans Affairs’ Whole Health System of Care for transitioning service members and veterans. Mil Med. 2023;188:28-32. doi:10.1093/milmed/usad047
- Bokhour BG, Hyde J, Kligler B, et al. From patient outcomes to system change: evaluating the impact of VHA’s implementation of the Whole Health System of Care. Health Serv Res. 2022;57:53-65. doi:10.1111/1475-6773.13938
- Department of Veterans Affairs VHA. VHA Policy Directive 1137: Provision of Complementary and Integrative Health. December 2022. Accessed December 15, 2025. https://www.va.gov/VHApublications/ViewPublication.asp?pub_ID=10072
- Giannitrapani KF, Holliday JR, Miake-Lye IM, Hempel S, Taylor SL. Synthesizing the strength of the evidence of complementary and integrative health therapies for pain. Pain Med. 2019;20:1831-1840. doi:10.1093/pm/pnz068
- Belitskaya-Levy I, David Clark J, Shih MC, Bair MJ. Treatment preferences for chronic low back pain: views of veterans and their providers. J Pain Res. 2021;14:161-171. doi:10.2147/JPR.S290400
- Onstott TN, Hurst S, Kronick R, Tsou AC, Groessl E, McMenamin SB. Health insurance mandates for nonpharmacological pain treatments in 7 US states. JAMA Netw Open. 2024;7:E245737. doi:10.1001/jamanetworkopen.2024.5737
- Sullivan M, Leach M, Snow J, Moonaz S. The North American yoga therapy workforce survey. Complement Ther Med. 2017;31:39-48. doi:10.1016/j.ctim.2017.01.006
- Bolton R, Ritter G, Highland K, Larson MJ. The relationship between capacity and utilization of nonpharmacologic therapies in the US Military Health System. BMC Health Serv Res. 2022;22. doi:10.1186/s12913-022-07700-4
- Stussman BJ, Nahin RL, Barnes PM, Scott R, Feinberg T, Ward BW. Reasons office-based physicians in the United States recommend common complementary health approaches to patients: an exploratory study using a national survey. J Integr Complement Med. 2022;28:651-663. doi:10.1089/jicm.2022.0493
Primary Care Clinician and Patient Knowledge, Interest, and Use of Integrative Treatment Options for Chronic Low Back Pain Management
Primary Care Clinician and Patient Knowledge, Interest, and Use of Integrative Treatment Options for Chronic Low Back Pain Management
Development and Validation of an Administrative Algorithm to Identify Veterans With Epilepsy
Development and Validation of an Administrative Algorithm to Identify Veterans With Epilepsy
Epilepsy affects about 4.5 million people in the United States and 150,000 new individuals are diagnosed each year.1,2 In 2019, epilepsy-attributable health care spending for noninstitutionalized people was around $5.4 billion and total epilepsy-attributable and epilepsy or seizure health care-related costs totaled $54 billion.3
Accurate surveillance of epilepsy in large health care systems can potentially improve health care delivery and resource allocation. A 2012 Institute of Medicine (IOM) report identified 13 recommendations to guide public health action on epilepsy, including validation of standard definitions for case ascertainment, identification of epilepsy through screening programs or protocols, and expansion of surveillance to better understand disease burden.4
A systematic review of validation studies concluded that it is reasonable to use administrative data to identify people with epilepsy in epidemiologic research. Combining The International Classification of Diseases (ICD) codes for epilepsy (ICD-10, G40-41; ICD-9, 345) with antiseizure medications (ASMs) could provide high positive predictive values (PPVs) and combining symptoms codes for convulsions (ICD-10, R56; ICD-9, 780.3, 780.39) with ASMs could lead to high sensitivity.5 However, identifying individuals with epilepsy from administrative data in large managed health care organizations is challenging.6 The IOM report noted that large managed health care organizations presented varying incidence and prevalence estimates due to differing methodology, geographic area, demographics, and definitions of epilepsy.
The Veterans Health Administration (VHA) is the largest integrated US health care system, providing care to > 9.1 million veterans.7 To improve the health and well-being of veterans with epilepsy (VWEs), a network of sites was established in 2008 called the US Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) Epilepsy Centers of Excellence (ECoE). Subsequent to the creation of the ECoE, efforts were made to identify VWEs within VHA databases.8,9 Prior to fiscal year (FY) 2016, the ECoE adopted a modified version of a well-established epilepsy diagnostic algorithm developed by Holden et al for large managed care organizations.10 The original algorithm identified patients by cross-matching ASMs with ICD-9 codes for an index year. But it failed to capture a considerable number of stable patients with epilepsy in the VHA due to incomplete documentation, and had false positives due to inclusion of patients identified from diagnostic clinics. The modified algorithm the ECoE used prior to FY 2016 considered additional prior years and excluded encounters from diagnostic clinics. The result was an improvement in the sensitivity and specificity of the algorithm. Researchers evaluating 500 patients with epilepsy estimated that the modified algorithm had a PPV of 82.0% (95% CI, 78.6%-85.4%).11
After implementation of ICD-10 codes in the VHA in FY 2016, the task of reliably and efficiently identifying VWE led to a 3-tier algorithm. This article presents a validation of the different tiers of this algorithm after the implementation of ICD-10 diagnosis codes and summarizes the surveillance data collected over the years within the VHA showing the trends of epilepsy.
Methods
The VHA National Neurology office commissioned a Neurology Cube dashboard in FY 2021 in collaboration with VHA Support Service Center (VSSC) for reporting and surveillance of VWEs as a quality improvement initiative. The Neurology Cube uses a 3-tier system for identifying VWE in the VHA databases. VSSC programmers extract data from the VHA Corporate Data Warehouse (CDW) and utilize Microsoft SQL Server and Microsoft Power BI for Neurology Cube reports. The 3-tier system identifies VWE and divides them into distinct groups. The first tier identifies VWE with the highest degree of confidence; Tiers 2 and 3 represent identification with successively lesser degrees of confidence (Figure 1).

Tier 1
Definition. For a given index year and the preceding 2 years, any of following diagnosis codes on ≥ 1 clinical encounter are considered: 345.xx (epilepsy in ICD-9), 780.3x (other convulsions in ICD-9), G40.xxx (epilepsy in ICD-10), R40.4 (transient alteration of awareness), R56.1 (posttraumatic seizures), or R56.9 (unspecified convulsions). To reduce false positive rates, EEG clinic visits, which may include long-term monitoring, are excluded. Patients identified with ICD codes are then evaluated for an ASM prescription for ≥ 30 days during the index year. ASMs are listed in Appendix 1.
Validation. The development and validation of ICD-9 diagnosis codes crossmatched with an ASM prescription in the VHA has been published elsewhere.11 In FY 2017, after implementation of ICD-10 diagnostic codes, Tier 1 development and validation was performed in 2 phases. Even though Tier 1 study phases were conducted and completed during FY 2017, the patients for Tier 1 were identified from evaluation of FY 2016 data (October 1, 2015, to September 30, 2016). After the pilot analysis, the Tier 1 definition was implemented, and a chart review of 625 randomized patients was conducted at 5 sites for validation. Adequate preliminary data was not available to perform a sample size estimation for this study. Therefore, a practical target of 125 patients was set for Tier 1 from each site to obtain a final sample size of 625 patients. This second phase validated that the crossmatch of ICD-10 diagnosis codes with ASMs had a high PPV for identifying VWE.
Tiers 2 and 3
Definitions. For an index year, Tier 2 includes patients with ≥ 1 inpatient encounter documentation of either ICD-9 345.xx or ICD-10 G40.xxx, excluding EEG clinics. Tier 3 Includes patients who have had ≥ 2 outpatient encounters with diagnosis codes 345.xx or G40.xxx on 2 separate days, excluding EEG clinics. Tiers 2 and 3 do not require ASM prescriptions; this helps to identify VWEs who may be getting their medications outside of VHA or those who have received a new diagnosis.
Validations. Tiers 2 and 3 were included in the epilepsy identification algorithm in FY 2021 after validation was performed on a sample of 8 patients in each tier. Five patients were subsequently identified as having epilepsy in Tier 2 and 6 patients were identified in Tier 3. A more comprehensive validation of Tiers 2 and 3 was performed during FY 2022 that included patients at 5 sites seen during FY 2019 to FY 2022. Since yearly trends showed only about 8% of total patients were identified as having epilepsy through Tiers 2 and 3 we sought ≥ 20 patients per tier for the 5 sites for a total of 200 patients to ensure representation across the VHA. The final count was 126 patients for Tier 2 and 174 patients for Tier 3 (n = 300).
Gold Standard Criteria for Epilepsy Diagnosis
We used the International League Against Epilepsy (ILAE) definition of epilepsy for the validation of the 3 algorithm tiers. ILAE defines epilepsy as ≥ 2 unprovoked (or reflex) seizures occurring > 24 hours apart or 1 unprovoked (or reflex) seizure and a probability of further seizures similar to the general recurrence risk (≥ 60%) after 2 unprovoked seizures, occurring over the next 10 years.12
A standard protocol was provided to evaluators to identify patients using the VHA Computerized Patient Record System (Appendix 1). After review, evaluators categorized each patient in 1 of 4 ways: (1) Yes, definite: The patient’s health care practitioner (HCP) believes the patient has epilepsy and is treating with medication; (2) Yes, uncertain: The HCP has enough suspicion of epilepsy that a medication is prescribed, but uncertainty is expressed of the diagnosis; (3) No, definite: The HCP does not believe the patient has epilepsy and is therefore not treating with medication for seizure; (4) No, uncertain: The HCP is not treating with medication for epilepsy, because the diagnostic suspicion is not high enough, but there is suspicion for epilepsy.
As a quality improvement operational project, the Epilepsy National Program Office approved this validation project and determined that institutional review board approval was not required.
Statistical Analysis
Counts and percentages were computed for categories of epilepsy status. PPV of each tier was estimated with asymptotic 95% CIs.
Results
ICD-10 codes for 480 patients were evaluated in Tier 1 phase 1; 13.8% were documented with G40.xxx, 27.9% with R56.1, 34.4% with R56.9, and 24.0% with R40.4 (Appendix 2). In total, 68.1% fulfilled the criteria of epilepsy, 19.2% did not, and 12.7% were uncertain). From the validation of Tier 1 phase 2 (n = 625), the PPV of the algorithm for patients presumed to have epilepsy (definite and uncertain) was 85.1% (95% CI, 82.1%-87.8%) (Table).

Of 300 patients evaluated, 126 (42.0%) were evaluated for Tier 2 with a PPV of 61.9% (95% CI, 53.4%-70.4%), and 174 (58.0%) patients were evaluated for Tier 3 with a PPV of 59.8% (95% CI, 52.5%-67.1%. The PPV of the algorithm for patients presumed to have epilepsy (definite and uncertain) were combined to calculate the PPV. Estimates of VHA VWE counts were computed for each tier from FY 2014 to FY 2023 using the VSSC Neurology Cube (Figure 2). For all years, > 92% patients were classified using the Tier 1 definition.

Discussion
The development and validation of the 3-tier diagnostic algorithm represents an important advancement in the surveillance and management of epilepsy among veterans within the VHA. The validation of this algorithm also demonstrates its practical utility in a large, integrated health care system.
Specific challenges were encountered when attempting to use pre-existing algorithms; these challenges included differences in the usage patterns of diagnostic codes and the patterns of ASM use within the VHA. These challenges prompted the need for a tailored approach, which led to the development of this algorithm. The inclusion of additional ICD-10 codes led to further revisions and subsequent validation. While many of the basic concepts of the algorithm, including ICD codes and ASMs, could work in other institutions, it would be wise for health care organizations to develop their own algorithms because of certain variables, including organizational size, patient demographics, common comorbidities, and the specific configurations of electronic health records and administrative data systems.
Studies have shown that ICD-10 codes for epilepsy (G40.* and/or R56.9) perform well in identifying epilepsy whether they are assigned by neurologists (sensitivity, 97.7%; specificity, 44.1%; PPV, 96.2%; negative predictive value, 57.7%), or in emergency department or hospital discharges (PPV, 75.5%).13,14 The pilot study of the algorithm’s Tier 1 development (phase 1) evaluated whether the selected ICD-10 diagnostic codes accurately included the VWE population within the VHA and revealed that while most codes (eg, epilepsy [G40.xxx]; posttraumatic seizures [R56.1]; and unspecified convulsions [R56.9]), had a low false positive rate (< 16%), the R40.4 code (transient alteration of awareness) had a higher false positivity of 42%. While this is not surprising given the broad spectrum of conditions that can manifest as transient alteration of awareness, it underscores the inherent challenges in diagnosing epilepsy using diagnosis codes.
In phase 2, the Tier 1 algorithm was validated as effective for identifying VWE in the VHA system, as its PPV was determined to be high (85%). In comparison, Tiers 2 and 3, whose criteria did not require data on VHA prescribed ASM use, had lower tiers of epilepsy predictability (PPV about 60% for both). This was thought to be acceptable because Tiers 2 and 3 represent a smaller population of the identified VWEs (about 8%). These VWEs may otherwise have been missed, partly because veterans are not required to get ASMs from the VHA.
Upon VHA implementation in FY 2021, this diagnostic algorithm exhibited significant clinical utility when integrated within the VSSC Neurology Cube. It facilitated an efficient approach to identifying VWEs using readily available databases. This led to better tracking of real-time epilepsy cases, which facilitated improving current resource allocation and targeted intervention strategies such as identification of drug-resistant epilepsy patients, optimizing strategies for telehealth and patient outreach for awareness of epilepsy care resources within VHA. Meanwhile, data acquired by the algorithm over the decade since its development (FY 2014 to FY 2023) contributed to more accurate epidemiologic information and identification of historic trends. Development of the algorithm represents one of the ways ECoEs have led to improved care for VWEs. ECoEs have been shown to improve health care for veterans in several metrics.15
A strength of this study is the rigorous multitiered validation process to confirm the diagnostic accuracy of ICD-10 codes against the gold standard ILAE definition of epilepsy to identify “definite” epilepsy cases within the VHA. The use of specific ICD codes further enhances the precision of epilepsy diagnoses. The inclusion of ASMs, which are sometimes prescribed for conditions other than epilepsy, could potentially inflate false positive rates.16
This study focused exclusively on the identification and validation of definite epilepsy cases within the VHA VSSC database, employing more stringent diagnostic criteria to ensure the highest level of certainty in ascertaining epilepsy. It is important to note there is a separate category of probable epilepsy, which involves a broader set of diagnostic criteria. While not covered in this study, probable epilepsy would be subject to future research and validation, which could provide insights into a wider spectrum of epilepsy diagnoses. Such future research could help refine the algorithm’s applicability and accuracy and potentially lead to more comprehensive surveillance and management strategies in clinical practice.
This study highlights the inherent challenges in leveraging administrative data for disease identification, particularly for conditions such as epilepsy, where diagnostic clarity can be complex. However, other conditions such as multiple sclerosis have noted similar success with the use of VHA administrative data for categorizing disease.17
Limitations
The algorithm discussed in this article is, in and of itself, generalizable. However, the validation process was unique to the VHA patient population, limiting the generalizability of the findings. Documentation practices and HCP attitudes within the VHA may differ from those in other health care settings. Identifying people with epilepsy can be challenging because of changing definitions of epilepsy over time. In addition to clinical evaluation, EEG and magnetic resonance imaging results, response to ASM treatment, and video-EEG monitoring of habitual events all can help establish the diagnosis. Therefore, studies may vary in how inclusive or exclusive the criteria are. ASMs such as gabapentin, pregabalin, carbamazepine, lamotrigine, topiramate, and valproate are used to treat other conditions, including headaches, generalized pain, and mood disorders. Consequently, including these ASMs in the Tier 1 definition may have increased the false positive rate. Additional research is needed to evaluate whether excluding these ASMs from the algorithm based on specific criteria (eg, dose of ASM used) can further refine the algorithm to identify patients with epilepsy.
Further refinement of this algorithm may also occur as technology changes. Future electronic health records may allow better tracking of different epilepsy factors, the integration of additional diagnostic criteria, and the use of natural language processing or other forms of artificial intelligence.
Conclusions
This study presents a significant step forward in epilepsy surveillance within the VHA. The algorithm offers a robust tool for identifying VWEs with good PPVs, facilitating better resource allocation and targeted care. Despite its limitations, this research lays a foundation for future advancements in the management and understanding of epilepsy within large health care systems. Since this VHA algorithm is based on ASMs and ICD diagnosis codes from patient records, other large managed health care systems also may be able to adapt this algorithm to their data specifications.


- Kobau R, Luncheon C, Greenlund K. Active epilepsy prevalence among U.S. adults is 1.1% and differs by educational level-National Health Interview Survey, United States, 2021. Epilepsy Behav. 2023;142:109180. doi:10.1016/j.yebeh.2023.109180
- GBD 2017 US Neurological Disorders Collaborators, Feigin VL, Vos T, et al. Burden of neurological disorders across the US from 1990-2017: a global burden of disease study. JAMA Neurol. 2021;78:165-176. doi:10.1001/jamaneurol.2020.4152
- Moura LMVR, Karakis I, Zack MM, et al. Drivers of US health care spending for persons with seizures and/or epilepsies, 2010-2018. Epilepsia. 2022;63:2144-2154. doi:10.1111/epi.17305
- Institute of Medicine. Epilepsy Across the Spectrum: Promoting Health and Understanding. The National Academies Press; 2012. Accessed November 11, 2025. www.nap.edu/catalog/13379
- Mbizvo GK, Bennett KH, Schnier C, Simpson CR, Duncan SE, Chin RFM. The accuracy of using administrative healthcare data to identify epilepsy cases: A systematic review of validation studies. Epilepsia. 2020;61:1319-1335. doi:10.1111/epi.16547
- Montouris GD. How will primary care physicians, specialists, and managed care treat epilepsy in the new millennium? Neurology. 2000;55:S42-S44.
- US Department of Veterans Affairs. Veterans Health Administration: About VHA. Accessed November 11, 2025. https://www.va.gov/health/aboutvha.asp
- Veterans’ Mental Health and Other Care Improvements Act of 2008, S 2162, 110th Cong (2008). Accessed November 11, 2025. https://www.congress.gov/bill/110th-congress/senate-bill/2162
- Rehman R, Kelly PR, Husain AM, Tran TT. Characteristics of Veterans diagnosed with seizures within Veterans Health Administration. J Rehabil Res Dev. 2015;52(7):751-762. doi:10.1682/JRRD.2014.10.0241
- Holden EW, Grossman E, Nguyen HT, et al. Developing a computer algorithm to identify epilepsy cases in managed care organizations. Dis Manag. 2005;8:1-14. doi:10.1089/dis.2005.8.1
- Rehman R, Everhart A, Frontera AT, et al. Implementation of an established algorithm and modifications for the identification of epilepsy patients in the Veterans Health Administration. Epilepsy Res. 2016;127:284-290. doi:10.1016/j.eplepsyres.2016.09.012
- Fisher RS, Acevedo C, Arzimanoglou A, et al. ILAE official report: a practical clinical definition of epilepsy. Epilepsia. 2014;55:475-482. doi:10.1111/epi.12550
- Smith JR, Jones FJS, Fureman BE, et al. Accuracy of ICD-10-CM claims-based definitions for epilepsy and seizure type. Epilepsy Res. 2020;166:106414. doi:10.1016/j.eplepsyres.2020.106414
- Jetté N, Reid AY, Quan H, et al. How accurate is ICD coding for epilepsy? Epilepsia. 2010;51:62-69. doi:10.1111/j.1528-1167.2009.02201.x
- Kelly P, Chinta R, Privitera G. Do centers of excellence reduce health care costs? Evidence from the US Veterans Health Administration Centers for Epilepsy. Glob Bus Organ Excell. 2015;34:18-29.
- Haneef Z, Rehman R, Husain AM. Association between standardized mortality ratio and utilization of care in US veterans with drug-resistant epilepsy compared with all US veterans and the US general population. JAMA Neurol. 2022;79:879-887. doi:10.1001/jamaneurol.2022.2290
- Culpepper WJ, Marrie RA, Langer-Gould A, et al. Validation of an algorithm for identifying MS cases in administrative health claims datasets. Neurology. 2019;92:e1016-e1028 doi:10.1212/WNL.0000000000007043
Epilepsy affects about 4.5 million people in the United States and 150,000 new individuals are diagnosed each year.1,2 In 2019, epilepsy-attributable health care spending for noninstitutionalized people was around $5.4 billion and total epilepsy-attributable and epilepsy or seizure health care-related costs totaled $54 billion.3
Accurate surveillance of epilepsy in large health care systems can potentially improve health care delivery and resource allocation. A 2012 Institute of Medicine (IOM) report identified 13 recommendations to guide public health action on epilepsy, including validation of standard definitions for case ascertainment, identification of epilepsy through screening programs or protocols, and expansion of surveillance to better understand disease burden.4
A systematic review of validation studies concluded that it is reasonable to use administrative data to identify people with epilepsy in epidemiologic research. Combining The International Classification of Diseases (ICD) codes for epilepsy (ICD-10, G40-41; ICD-9, 345) with antiseizure medications (ASMs) could provide high positive predictive values (PPVs) and combining symptoms codes for convulsions (ICD-10, R56; ICD-9, 780.3, 780.39) with ASMs could lead to high sensitivity.5 However, identifying individuals with epilepsy from administrative data in large managed health care organizations is challenging.6 The IOM report noted that large managed health care organizations presented varying incidence and prevalence estimates due to differing methodology, geographic area, demographics, and definitions of epilepsy.
The Veterans Health Administration (VHA) is the largest integrated US health care system, providing care to > 9.1 million veterans.7 To improve the health and well-being of veterans with epilepsy (VWEs), a network of sites was established in 2008 called the US Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) Epilepsy Centers of Excellence (ECoE). Subsequent to the creation of the ECoE, efforts were made to identify VWEs within VHA databases.8,9 Prior to fiscal year (FY) 2016, the ECoE adopted a modified version of a well-established epilepsy diagnostic algorithm developed by Holden et al for large managed care organizations.10 The original algorithm identified patients by cross-matching ASMs with ICD-9 codes for an index year. But it failed to capture a considerable number of stable patients with epilepsy in the VHA due to incomplete documentation, and had false positives due to inclusion of patients identified from diagnostic clinics. The modified algorithm the ECoE used prior to FY 2016 considered additional prior years and excluded encounters from diagnostic clinics. The result was an improvement in the sensitivity and specificity of the algorithm. Researchers evaluating 500 patients with epilepsy estimated that the modified algorithm had a PPV of 82.0% (95% CI, 78.6%-85.4%).11
After implementation of ICD-10 codes in the VHA in FY 2016, the task of reliably and efficiently identifying VWE led to a 3-tier algorithm. This article presents a validation of the different tiers of this algorithm after the implementation of ICD-10 diagnosis codes and summarizes the surveillance data collected over the years within the VHA showing the trends of epilepsy.
Methods
The VHA National Neurology office commissioned a Neurology Cube dashboard in FY 2021 in collaboration with VHA Support Service Center (VSSC) for reporting and surveillance of VWEs as a quality improvement initiative. The Neurology Cube uses a 3-tier system for identifying VWE in the VHA databases. VSSC programmers extract data from the VHA Corporate Data Warehouse (CDW) and utilize Microsoft SQL Server and Microsoft Power BI for Neurology Cube reports. The 3-tier system identifies VWE and divides them into distinct groups. The first tier identifies VWE with the highest degree of confidence; Tiers 2 and 3 represent identification with successively lesser degrees of confidence (Figure 1).

Tier 1
Definition. For a given index year and the preceding 2 years, any of following diagnosis codes on ≥ 1 clinical encounter are considered: 345.xx (epilepsy in ICD-9), 780.3x (other convulsions in ICD-9), G40.xxx (epilepsy in ICD-10), R40.4 (transient alteration of awareness), R56.1 (posttraumatic seizures), or R56.9 (unspecified convulsions). To reduce false positive rates, EEG clinic visits, which may include long-term monitoring, are excluded. Patients identified with ICD codes are then evaluated for an ASM prescription for ≥ 30 days during the index year. ASMs are listed in Appendix 1.
Validation. The development and validation of ICD-9 diagnosis codes crossmatched with an ASM prescription in the VHA has been published elsewhere.11 In FY 2017, after implementation of ICD-10 diagnostic codes, Tier 1 development and validation was performed in 2 phases. Even though Tier 1 study phases were conducted and completed during FY 2017, the patients for Tier 1 were identified from evaluation of FY 2016 data (October 1, 2015, to September 30, 2016). After the pilot analysis, the Tier 1 definition was implemented, and a chart review of 625 randomized patients was conducted at 5 sites for validation. Adequate preliminary data was not available to perform a sample size estimation for this study. Therefore, a practical target of 125 patients was set for Tier 1 from each site to obtain a final sample size of 625 patients. This second phase validated that the crossmatch of ICD-10 diagnosis codes with ASMs had a high PPV for identifying VWE.
Tiers 2 and 3
Definitions. For an index year, Tier 2 includes patients with ≥ 1 inpatient encounter documentation of either ICD-9 345.xx or ICD-10 G40.xxx, excluding EEG clinics. Tier 3 Includes patients who have had ≥ 2 outpatient encounters with diagnosis codes 345.xx or G40.xxx on 2 separate days, excluding EEG clinics. Tiers 2 and 3 do not require ASM prescriptions; this helps to identify VWEs who may be getting their medications outside of VHA or those who have received a new diagnosis.
Validations. Tiers 2 and 3 were included in the epilepsy identification algorithm in FY 2021 after validation was performed on a sample of 8 patients in each tier. Five patients were subsequently identified as having epilepsy in Tier 2 and 6 patients were identified in Tier 3. A more comprehensive validation of Tiers 2 and 3 was performed during FY 2022 that included patients at 5 sites seen during FY 2019 to FY 2022. Since yearly trends showed only about 8% of total patients were identified as having epilepsy through Tiers 2 and 3 we sought ≥ 20 patients per tier for the 5 sites for a total of 200 patients to ensure representation across the VHA. The final count was 126 patients for Tier 2 and 174 patients for Tier 3 (n = 300).
Gold Standard Criteria for Epilepsy Diagnosis
We used the International League Against Epilepsy (ILAE) definition of epilepsy for the validation of the 3 algorithm tiers. ILAE defines epilepsy as ≥ 2 unprovoked (or reflex) seizures occurring > 24 hours apart or 1 unprovoked (or reflex) seizure and a probability of further seizures similar to the general recurrence risk (≥ 60%) after 2 unprovoked seizures, occurring over the next 10 years.12
A standard protocol was provided to evaluators to identify patients using the VHA Computerized Patient Record System (Appendix 1). After review, evaluators categorized each patient in 1 of 4 ways: (1) Yes, definite: The patient’s health care practitioner (HCP) believes the patient has epilepsy and is treating with medication; (2) Yes, uncertain: The HCP has enough suspicion of epilepsy that a medication is prescribed, but uncertainty is expressed of the diagnosis; (3) No, definite: The HCP does not believe the patient has epilepsy and is therefore not treating with medication for seizure; (4) No, uncertain: The HCP is not treating with medication for epilepsy, because the diagnostic suspicion is not high enough, but there is suspicion for epilepsy.
As a quality improvement operational project, the Epilepsy National Program Office approved this validation project and determined that institutional review board approval was not required.
Statistical Analysis
Counts and percentages were computed for categories of epilepsy status. PPV of each tier was estimated with asymptotic 95% CIs.
Results
ICD-10 codes for 480 patients were evaluated in Tier 1 phase 1; 13.8% were documented with G40.xxx, 27.9% with R56.1, 34.4% with R56.9, and 24.0% with R40.4 (Appendix 2). In total, 68.1% fulfilled the criteria of epilepsy, 19.2% did not, and 12.7% were uncertain). From the validation of Tier 1 phase 2 (n = 625), the PPV of the algorithm for patients presumed to have epilepsy (definite and uncertain) was 85.1% (95% CI, 82.1%-87.8%) (Table).

Of 300 patients evaluated, 126 (42.0%) were evaluated for Tier 2 with a PPV of 61.9% (95% CI, 53.4%-70.4%), and 174 (58.0%) patients were evaluated for Tier 3 with a PPV of 59.8% (95% CI, 52.5%-67.1%. The PPV of the algorithm for patients presumed to have epilepsy (definite and uncertain) were combined to calculate the PPV. Estimates of VHA VWE counts were computed for each tier from FY 2014 to FY 2023 using the VSSC Neurology Cube (Figure 2). For all years, > 92% patients were classified using the Tier 1 definition.

Discussion
The development and validation of the 3-tier diagnostic algorithm represents an important advancement in the surveillance and management of epilepsy among veterans within the VHA. The validation of this algorithm also demonstrates its practical utility in a large, integrated health care system.
Specific challenges were encountered when attempting to use pre-existing algorithms; these challenges included differences in the usage patterns of diagnostic codes and the patterns of ASM use within the VHA. These challenges prompted the need for a tailored approach, which led to the development of this algorithm. The inclusion of additional ICD-10 codes led to further revisions and subsequent validation. While many of the basic concepts of the algorithm, including ICD codes and ASMs, could work in other institutions, it would be wise for health care organizations to develop their own algorithms because of certain variables, including organizational size, patient demographics, common comorbidities, and the specific configurations of electronic health records and administrative data systems.
Studies have shown that ICD-10 codes for epilepsy (G40.* and/or R56.9) perform well in identifying epilepsy whether they are assigned by neurologists (sensitivity, 97.7%; specificity, 44.1%; PPV, 96.2%; negative predictive value, 57.7%), or in emergency department or hospital discharges (PPV, 75.5%).13,14 The pilot study of the algorithm’s Tier 1 development (phase 1) evaluated whether the selected ICD-10 diagnostic codes accurately included the VWE population within the VHA and revealed that while most codes (eg, epilepsy [G40.xxx]; posttraumatic seizures [R56.1]; and unspecified convulsions [R56.9]), had a low false positive rate (< 16%), the R40.4 code (transient alteration of awareness) had a higher false positivity of 42%. While this is not surprising given the broad spectrum of conditions that can manifest as transient alteration of awareness, it underscores the inherent challenges in diagnosing epilepsy using diagnosis codes.
In phase 2, the Tier 1 algorithm was validated as effective for identifying VWE in the VHA system, as its PPV was determined to be high (85%). In comparison, Tiers 2 and 3, whose criteria did not require data on VHA prescribed ASM use, had lower tiers of epilepsy predictability (PPV about 60% for both). This was thought to be acceptable because Tiers 2 and 3 represent a smaller population of the identified VWEs (about 8%). These VWEs may otherwise have been missed, partly because veterans are not required to get ASMs from the VHA.
Upon VHA implementation in FY 2021, this diagnostic algorithm exhibited significant clinical utility when integrated within the VSSC Neurology Cube. It facilitated an efficient approach to identifying VWEs using readily available databases. This led to better tracking of real-time epilepsy cases, which facilitated improving current resource allocation and targeted intervention strategies such as identification of drug-resistant epilepsy patients, optimizing strategies for telehealth and patient outreach for awareness of epilepsy care resources within VHA. Meanwhile, data acquired by the algorithm over the decade since its development (FY 2014 to FY 2023) contributed to more accurate epidemiologic information and identification of historic trends. Development of the algorithm represents one of the ways ECoEs have led to improved care for VWEs. ECoEs have been shown to improve health care for veterans in several metrics.15
A strength of this study is the rigorous multitiered validation process to confirm the diagnostic accuracy of ICD-10 codes against the gold standard ILAE definition of epilepsy to identify “definite” epilepsy cases within the VHA. The use of specific ICD codes further enhances the precision of epilepsy diagnoses. The inclusion of ASMs, which are sometimes prescribed for conditions other than epilepsy, could potentially inflate false positive rates.16
This study focused exclusively on the identification and validation of definite epilepsy cases within the VHA VSSC database, employing more stringent diagnostic criteria to ensure the highest level of certainty in ascertaining epilepsy. It is important to note there is a separate category of probable epilepsy, which involves a broader set of diagnostic criteria. While not covered in this study, probable epilepsy would be subject to future research and validation, which could provide insights into a wider spectrum of epilepsy diagnoses. Such future research could help refine the algorithm’s applicability and accuracy and potentially lead to more comprehensive surveillance and management strategies in clinical practice.
This study highlights the inherent challenges in leveraging administrative data for disease identification, particularly for conditions such as epilepsy, where diagnostic clarity can be complex. However, other conditions such as multiple sclerosis have noted similar success with the use of VHA administrative data for categorizing disease.17
Limitations
The algorithm discussed in this article is, in and of itself, generalizable. However, the validation process was unique to the VHA patient population, limiting the generalizability of the findings. Documentation practices and HCP attitudes within the VHA may differ from those in other health care settings. Identifying people with epilepsy can be challenging because of changing definitions of epilepsy over time. In addition to clinical evaluation, EEG and magnetic resonance imaging results, response to ASM treatment, and video-EEG monitoring of habitual events all can help establish the diagnosis. Therefore, studies may vary in how inclusive or exclusive the criteria are. ASMs such as gabapentin, pregabalin, carbamazepine, lamotrigine, topiramate, and valproate are used to treat other conditions, including headaches, generalized pain, and mood disorders. Consequently, including these ASMs in the Tier 1 definition may have increased the false positive rate. Additional research is needed to evaluate whether excluding these ASMs from the algorithm based on specific criteria (eg, dose of ASM used) can further refine the algorithm to identify patients with epilepsy.
Further refinement of this algorithm may also occur as technology changes. Future electronic health records may allow better tracking of different epilepsy factors, the integration of additional diagnostic criteria, and the use of natural language processing or other forms of artificial intelligence.
Conclusions
This study presents a significant step forward in epilepsy surveillance within the VHA. The algorithm offers a robust tool for identifying VWEs with good PPVs, facilitating better resource allocation and targeted care. Despite its limitations, this research lays a foundation for future advancements in the management and understanding of epilepsy within large health care systems. Since this VHA algorithm is based on ASMs and ICD diagnosis codes from patient records, other large managed health care systems also may be able to adapt this algorithm to their data specifications.


Epilepsy affects about 4.5 million people in the United States and 150,000 new individuals are diagnosed each year.1,2 In 2019, epilepsy-attributable health care spending for noninstitutionalized people was around $5.4 billion and total epilepsy-attributable and epilepsy or seizure health care-related costs totaled $54 billion.3
Accurate surveillance of epilepsy in large health care systems can potentially improve health care delivery and resource allocation. A 2012 Institute of Medicine (IOM) report identified 13 recommendations to guide public health action on epilepsy, including validation of standard definitions for case ascertainment, identification of epilepsy through screening programs or protocols, and expansion of surveillance to better understand disease burden.4
A systematic review of validation studies concluded that it is reasonable to use administrative data to identify people with epilepsy in epidemiologic research. Combining The International Classification of Diseases (ICD) codes for epilepsy (ICD-10, G40-41; ICD-9, 345) with antiseizure medications (ASMs) could provide high positive predictive values (PPVs) and combining symptoms codes for convulsions (ICD-10, R56; ICD-9, 780.3, 780.39) with ASMs could lead to high sensitivity.5 However, identifying individuals with epilepsy from administrative data in large managed health care organizations is challenging.6 The IOM report noted that large managed health care organizations presented varying incidence and prevalence estimates due to differing methodology, geographic area, demographics, and definitions of epilepsy.
The Veterans Health Administration (VHA) is the largest integrated US health care system, providing care to > 9.1 million veterans.7 To improve the health and well-being of veterans with epilepsy (VWEs), a network of sites was established in 2008 called the US Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) Epilepsy Centers of Excellence (ECoE). Subsequent to the creation of the ECoE, efforts were made to identify VWEs within VHA databases.8,9 Prior to fiscal year (FY) 2016, the ECoE adopted a modified version of a well-established epilepsy diagnostic algorithm developed by Holden et al for large managed care organizations.10 The original algorithm identified patients by cross-matching ASMs with ICD-9 codes for an index year. But it failed to capture a considerable number of stable patients with epilepsy in the VHA due to incomplete documentation, and had false positives due to inclusion of patients identified from diagnostic clinics. The modified algorithm the ECoE used prior to FY 2016 considered additional prior years and excluded encounters from diagnostic clinics. The result was an improvement in the sensitivity and specificity of the algorithm. Researchers evaluating 500 patients with epilepsy estimated that the modified algorithm had a PPV of 82.0% (95% CI, 78.6%-85.4%).11
After implementation of ICD-10 codes in the VHA in FY 2016, the task of reliably and efficiently identifying VWE led to a 3-tier algorithm. This article presents a validation of the different tiers of this algorithm after the implementation of ICD-10 diagnosis codes and summarizes the surveillance data collected over the years within the VHA showing the trends of epilepsy.
Methods
The VHA National Neurology office commissioned a Neurology Cube dashboard in FY 2021 in collaboration with VHA Support Service Center (VSSC) for reporting and surveillance of VWEs as a quality improvement initiative. The Neurology Cube uses a 3-tier system for identifying VWE in the VHA databases. VSSC programmers extract data from the VHA Corporate Data Warehouse (CDW) and utilize Microsoft SQL Server and Microsoft Power BI for Neurology Cube reports. The 3-tier system identifies VWE and divides them into distinct groups. The first tier identifies VWE with the highest degree of confidence; Tiers 2 and 3 represent identification with successively lesser degrees of confidence (Figure 1).

Tier 1
Definition. For a given index year and the preceding 2 years, any of following diagnosis codes on ≥ 1 clinical encounter are considered: 345.xx (epilepsy in ICD-9), 780.3x (other convulsions in ICD-9), G40.xxx (epilepsy in ICD-10), R40.4 (transient alteration of awareness), R56.1 (posttraumatic seizures), or R56.9 (unspecified convulsions). To reduce false positive rates, EEG clinic visits, which may include long-term monitoring, are excluded. Patients identified with ICD codes are then evaluated for an ASM prescription for ≥ 30 days during the index year. ASMs are listed in Appendix 1.
Validation. The development and validation of ICD-9 diagnosis codes crossmatched with an ASM prescription in the VHA has been published elsewhere.11 In FY 2017, after implementation of ICD-10 diagnostic codes, Tier 1 development and validation was performed in 2 phases. Even though Tier 1 study phases were conducted and completed during FY 2017, the patients for Tier 1 were identified from evaluation of FY 2016 data (October 1, 2015, to September 30, 2016). After the pilot analysis, the Tier 1 definition was implemented, and a chart review of 625 randomized patients was conducted at 5 sites for validation. Adequate preliminary data was not available to perform a sample size estimation for this study. Therefore, a practical target of 125 patients was set for Tier 1 from each site to obtain a final sample size of 625 patients. This second phase validated that the crossmatch of ICD-10 diagnosis codes with ASMs had a high PPV for identifying VWE.
Tiers 2 and 3
Definitions. For an index year, Tier 2 includes patients with ≥ 1 inpatient encounter documentation of either ICD-9 345.xx or ICD-10 G40.xxx, excluding EEG clinics. Tier 3 Includes patients who have had ≥ 2 outpatient encounters with diagnosis codes 345.xx or G40.xxx on 2 separate days, excluding EEG clinics. Tiers 2 and 3 do not require ASM prescriptions; this helps to identify VWEs who may be getting their medications outside of VHA or those who have received a new diagnosis.
Validations. Tiers 2 and 3 were included in the epilepsy identification algorithm in FY 2021 after validation was performed on a sample of 8 patients in each tier. Five patients were subsequently identified as having epilepsy in Tier 2 and 6 patients were identified in Tier 3. A more comprehensive validation of Tiers 2 and 3 was performed during FY 2022 that included patients at 5 sites seen during FY 2019 to FY 2022. Since yearly trends showed only about 8% of total patients were identified as having epilepsy through Tiers 2 and 3 we sought ≥ 20 patients per tier for the 5 sites for a total of 200 patients to ensure representation across the VHA. The final count was 126 patients for Tier 2 and 174 patients for Tier 3 (n = 300).
Gold Standard Criteria for Epilepsy Diagnosis
We used the International League Against Epilepsy (ILAE) definition of epilepsy for the validation of the 3 algorithm tiers. ILAE defines epilepsy as ≥ 2 unprovoked (or reflex) seizures occurring > 24 hours apart or 1 unprovoked (or reflex) seizure and a probability of further seizures similar to the general recurrence risk (≥ 60%) after 2 unprovoked seizures, occurring over the next 10 years.12
A standard protocol was provided to evaluators to identify patients using the VHA Computerized Patient Record System (Appendix 1). After review, evaluators categorized each patient in 1 of 4 ways: (1) Yes, definite: The patient’s health care practitioner (HCP) believes the patient has epilepsy and is treating with medication; (2) Yes, uncertain: The HCP has enough suspicion of epilepsy that a medication is prescribed, but uncertainty is expressed of the diagnosis; (3) No, definite: The HCP does not believe the patient has epilepsy and is therefore not treating with medication for seizure; (4) No, uncertain: The HCP is not treating with medication for epilepsy, because the diagnostic suspicion is not high enough, but there is suspicion for epilepsy.
As a quality improvement operational project, the Epilepsy National Program Office approved this validation project and determined that institutional review board approval was not required.
Statistical Analysis
Counts and percentages were computed for categories of epilepsy status. PPV of each tier was estimated with asymptotic 95% CIs.
Results
ICD-10 codes for 480 patients were evaluated in Tier 1 phase 1; 13.8% were documented with G40.xxx, 27.9% with R56.1, 34.4% with R56.9, and 24.0% with R40.4 (Appendix 2). In total, 68.1% fulfilled the criteria of epilepsy, 19.2% did not, and 12.7% were uncertain). From the validation of Tier 1 phase 2 (n = 625), the PPV of the algorithm for patients presumed to have epilepsy (definite and uncertain) was 85.1% (95% CI, 82.1%-87.8%) (Table).

Of 300 patients evaluated, 126 (42.0%) were evaluated for Tier 2 with a PPV of 61.9% (95% CI, 53.4%-70.4%), and 174 (58.0%) patients were evaluated for Tier 3 with a PPV of 59.8% (95% CI, 52.5%-67.1%. The PPV of the algorithm for patients presumed to have epilepsy (definite and uncertain) were combined to calculate the PPV. Estimates of VHA VWE counts were computed for each tier from FY 2014 to FY 2023 using the VSSC Neurology Cube (Figure 2). For all years, > 92% patients were classified using the Tier 1 definition.

Discussion
The development and validation of the 3-tier diagnostic algorithm represents an important advancement in the surveillance and management of epilepsy among veterans within the VHA. The validation of this algorithm also demonstrates its practical utility in a large, integrated health care system.
Specific challenges were encountered when attempting to use pre-existing algorithms; these challenges included differences in the usage patterns of diagnostic codes and the patterns of ASM use within the VHA. These challenges prompted the need for a tailored approach, which led to the development of this algorithm. The inclusion of additional ICD-10 codes led to further revisions and subsequent validation. While many of the basic concepts of the algorithm, including ICD codes and ASMs, could work in other institutions, it would be wise for health care organizations to develop their own algorithms because of certain variables, including organizational size, patient demographics, common comorbidities, and the specific configurations of electronic health records and administrative data systems.
Studies have shown that ICD-10 codes for epilepsy (G40.* and/or R56.9) perform well in identifying epilepsy whether they are assigned by neurologists (sensitivity, 97.7%; specificity, 44.1%; PPV, 96.2%; negative predictive value, 57.7%), or in emergency department or hospital discharges (PPV, 75.5%).13,14 The pilot study of the algorithm’s Tier 1 development (phase 1) evaluated whether the selected ICD-10 diagnostic codes accurately included the VWE population within the VHA and revealed that while most codes (eg, epilepsy [G40.xxx]; posttraumatic seizures [R56.1]; and unspecified convulsions [R56.9]), had a low false positive rate (< 16%), the R40.4 code (transient alteration of awareness) had a higher false positivity of 42%. While this is not surprising given the broad spectrum of conditions that can manifest as transient alteration of awareness, it underscores the inherent challenges in diagnosing epilepsy using diagnosis codes.
In phase 2, the Tier 1 algorithm was validated as effective for identifying VWE in the VHA system, as its PPV was determined to be high (85%). In comparison, Tiers 2 and 3, whose criteria did not require data on VHA prescribed ASM use, had lower tiers of epilepsy predictability (PPV about 60% for both). This was thought to be acceptable because Tiers 2 and 3 represent a smaller population of the identified VWEs (about 8%). These VWEs may otherwise have been missed, partly because veterans are not required to get ASMs from the VHA.
Upon VHA implementation in FY 2021, this diagnostic algorithm exhibited significant clinical utility when integrated within the VSSC Neurology Cube. It facilitated an efficient approach to identifying VWEs using readily available databases. This led to better tracking of real-time epilepsy cases, which facilitated improving current resource allocation and targeted intervention strategies such as identification of drug-resistant epilepsy patients, optimizing strategies for telehealth and patient outreach for awareness of epilepsy care resources within VHA. Meanwhile, data acquired by the algorithm over the decade since its development (FY 2014 to FY 2023) contributed to more accurate epidemiologic information and identification of historic trends. Development of the algorithm represents one of the ways ECoEs have led to improved care for VWEs. ECoEs have been shown to improve health care for veterans in several metrics.15
A strength of this study is the rigorous multitiered validation process to confirm the diagnostic accuracy of ICD-10 codes against the gold standard ILAE definition of epilepsy to identify “definite” epilepsy cases within the VHA. The use of specific ICD codes further enhances the precision of epilepsy diagnoses. The inclusion of ASMs, which are sometimes prescribed for conditions other than epilepsy, could potentially inflate false positive rates.16
This study focused exclusively on the identification and validation of definite epilepsy cases within the VHA VSSC database, employing more stringent diagnostic criteria to ensure the highest level of certainty in ascertaining epilepsy. It is important to note there is a separate category of probable epilepsy, which involves a broader set of diagnostic criteria. While not covered in this study, probable epilepsy would be subject to future research and validation, which could provide insights into a wider spectrum of epilepsy diagnoses. Such future research could help refine the algorithm’s applicability and accuracy and potentially lead to more comprehensive surveillance and management strategies in clinical practice.
This study highlights the inherent challenges in leveraging administrative data for disease identification, particularly for conditions such as epilepsy, where diagnostic clarity can be complex. However, other conditions such as multiple sclerosis have noted similar success with the use of VHA administrative data for categorizing disease.17
Limitations
The algorithm discussed in this article is, in and of itself, generalizable. However, the validation process was unique to the VHA patient population, limiting the generalizability of the findings. Documentation practices and HCP attitudes within the VHA may differ from those in other health care settings. Identifying people with epilepsy can be challenging because of changing definitions of epilepsy over time. In addition to clinical evaluation, EEG and magnetic resonance imaging results, response to ASM treatment, and video-EEG monitoring of habitual events all can help establish the diagnosis. Therefore, studies may vary in how inclusive or exclusive the criteria are. ASMs such as gabapentin, pregabalin, carbamazepine, lamotrigine, topiramate, and valproate are used to treat other conditions, including headaches, generalized pain, and mood disorders. Consequently, including these ASMs in the Tier 1 definition may have increased the false positive rate. Additional research is needed to evaluate whether excluding these ASMs from the algorithm based on specific criteria (eg, dose of ASM used) can further refine the algorithm to identify patients with epilepsy.
Further refinement of this algorithm may also occur as technology changes. Future electronic health records may allow better tracking of different epilepsy factors, the integration of additional diagnostic criteria, and the use of natural language processing or other forms of artificial intelligence.
Conclusions
This study presents a significant step forward in epilepsy surveillance within the VHA. The algorithm offers a robust tool for identifying VWEs with good PPVs, facilitating better resource allocation and targeted care. Despite its limitations, this research lays a foundation for future advancements in the management and understanding of epilepsy within large health care systems. Since this VHA algorithm is based on ASMs and ICD diagnosis codes from patient records, other large managed health care systems also may be able to adapt this algorithm to their data specifications.


- Kobau R, Luncheon C, Greenlund K. Active epilepsy prevalence among U.S. adults is 1.1% and differs by educational level-National Health Interview Survey, United States, 2021. Epilepsy Behav. 2023;142:109180. doi:10.1016/j.yebeh.2023.109180
- GBD 2017 US Neurological Disorders Collaborators, Feigin VL, Vos T, et al. Burden of neurological disorders across the US from 1990-2017: a global burden of disease study. JAMA Neurol. 2021;78:165-176. doi:10.1001/jamaneurol.2020.4152
- Moura LMVR, Karakis I, Zack MM, et al. Drivers of US health care spending for persons with seizures and/or epilepsies, 2010-2018. Epilepsia. 2022;63:2144-2154. doi:10.1111/epi.17305
- Institute of Medicine. Epilepsy Across the Spectrum: Promoting Health and Understanding. The National Academies Press; 2012. Accessed November 11, 2025. www.nap.edu/catalog/13379
- Mbizvo GK, Bennett KH, Schnier C, Simpson CR, Duncan SE, Chin RFM. The accuracy of using administrative healthcare data to identify epilepsy cases: A systematic review of validation studies. Epilepsia. 2020;61:1319-1335. doi:10.1111/epi.16547
- Montouris GD. How will primary care physicians, specialists, and managed care treat epilepsy in the new millennium? Neurology. 2000;55:S42-S44.
- US Department of Veterans Affairs. Veterans Health Administration: About VHA. Accessed November 11, 2025. https://www.va.gov/health/aboutvha.asp
- Veterans’ Mental Health and Other Care Improvements Act of 2008, S 2162, 110th Cong (2008). Accessed November 11, 2025. https://www.congress.gov/bill/110th-congress/senate-bill/2162
- Rehman R, Kelly PR, Husain AM, Tran TT. Characteristics of Veterans diagnosed with seizures within Veterans Health Administration. J Rehabil Res Dev. 2015;52(7):751-762. doi:10.1682/JRRD.2014.10.0241
- Holden EW, Grossman E, Nguyen HT, et al. Developing a computer algorithm to identify epilepsy cases in managed care organizations. Dis Manag. 2005;8:1-14. doi:10.1089/dis.2005.8.1
- Rehman R, Everhart A, Frontera AT, et al. Implementation of an established algorithm and modifications for the identification of epilepsy patients in the Veterans Health Administration. Epilepsy Res. 2016;127:284-290. doi:10.1016/j.eplepsyres.2016.09.012
- Fisher RS, Acevedo C, Arzimanoglou A, et al. ILAE official report: a practical clinical definition of epilepsy. Epilepsia. 2014;55:475-482. doi:10.1111/epi.12550
- Smith JR, Jones FJS, Fureman BE, et al. Accuracy of ICD-10-CM claims-based definitions for epilepsy and seizure type. Epilepsy Res. 2020;166:106414. doi:10.1016/j.eplepsyres.2020.106414
- Jetté N, Reid AY, Quan H, et al. How accurate is ICD coding for epilepsy? Epilepsia. 2010;51:62-69. doi:10.1111/j.1528-1167.2009.02201.x
- Kelly P, Chinta R, Privitera G. Do centers of excellence reduce health care costs? Evidence from the US Veterans Health Administration Centers for Epilepsy. Glob Bus Organ Excell. 2015;34:18-29.
- Haneef Z, Rehman R, Husain AM. Association between standardized mortality ratio and utilization of care in US veterans with drug-resistant epilepsy compared with all US veterans and the US general population. JAMA Neurol. 2022;79:879-887. doi:10.1001/jamaneurol.2022.2290
- Culpepper WJ, Marrie RA, Langer-Gould A, et al. Validation of an algorithm for identifying MS cases in administrative health claims datasets. Neurology. 2019;92:e1016-e1028 doi:10.1212/WNL.0000000000007043
- Kobau R, Luncheon C, Greenlund K. Active epilepsy prevalence among U.S. adults is 1.1% and differs by educational level-National Health Interview Survey, United States, 2021. Epilepsy Behav. 2023;142:109180. doi:10.1016/j.yebeh.2023.109180
- GBD 2017 US Neurological Disorders Collaborators, Feigin VL, Vos T, et al. Burden of neurological disorders across the US from 1990-2017: a global burden of disease study. JAMA Neurol. 2021;78:165-176. doi:10.1001/jamaneurol.2020.4152
- Moura LMVR, Karakis I, Zack MM, et al. Drivers of US health care spending for persons with seizures and/or epilepsies, 2010-2018. Epilepsia. 2022;63:2144-2154. doi:10.1111/epi.17305
- Institute of Medicine. Epilepsy Across the Spectrum: Promoting Health and Understanding. The National Academies Press; 2012. Accessed November 11, 2025. www.nap.edu/catalog/13379
- Mbizvo GK, Bennett KH, Schnier C, Simpson CR, Duncan SE, Chin RFM. The accuracy of using administrative healthcare data to identify epilepsy cases: A systematic review of validation studies. Epilepsia. 2020;61:1319-1335. doi:10.1111/epi.16547
- Montouris GD. How will primary care physicians, specialists, and managed care treat epilepsy in the new millennium? Neurology. 2000;55:S42-S44.
- US Department of Veterans Affairs. Veterans Health Administration: About VHA. Accessed November 11, 2025. https://www.va.gov/health/aboutvha.asp
- Veterans’ Mental Health and Other Care Improvements Act of 2008, S 2162, 110th Cong (2008). Accessed November 11, 2025. https://www.congress.gov/bill/110th-congress/senate-bill/2162
- Rehman R, Kelly PR, Husain AM, Tran TT. Characteristics of Veterans diagnosed with seizures within Veterans Health Administration. J Rehabil Res Dev. 2015;52(7):751-762. doi:10.1682/JRRD.2014.10.0241
- Holden EW, Grossman E, Nguyen HT, et al. Developing a computer algorithm to identify epilepsy cases in managed care organizations. Dis Manag. 2005;8:1-14. doi:10.1089/dis.2005.8.1
- Rehman R, Everhart A, Frontera AT, et al. Implementation of an established algorithm and modifications for the identification of epilepsy patients in the Veterans Health Administration. Epilepsy Res. 2016;127:284-290. doi:10.1016/j.eplepsyres.2016.09.012
- Fisher RS, Acevedo C, Arzimanoglou A, et al. ILAE official report: a practical clinical definition of epilepsy. Epilepsia. 2014;55:475-482. doi:10.1111/epi.12550
- Smith JR, Jones FJS, Fureman BE, et al. Accuracy of ICD-10-CM claims-based definitions for epilepsy and seizure type. Epilepsy Res. 2020;166:106414. doi:10.1016/j.eplepsyres.2020.106414
- Jetté N, Reid AY, Quan H, et al. How accurate is ICD coding for epilepsy? Epilepsia. 2010;51:62-69. doi:10.1111/j.1528-1167.2009.02201.x
- Kelly P, Chinta R, Privitera G. Do centers of excellence reduce health care costs? Evidence from the US Veterans Health Administration Centers for Epilepsy. Glob Bus Organ Excell. 2015;34:18-29.
- Haneef Z, Rehman R, Husain AM. Association between standardized mortality ratio and utilization of care in US veterans with drug-resistant epilepsy compared with all US veterans and the US general population. JAMA Neurol. 2022;79:879-887. doi:10.1001/jamaneurol.2022.2290
- Culpepper WJ, Marrie RA, Langer-Gould A, et al. Validation of an algorithm for identifying MS cases in administrative health claims datasets. Neurology. 2019;92:e1016-e1028 doi:10.1212/WNL.0000000000007043
Development and Validation of an Administrative Algorithm to Identify Veterans With Epilepsy
Development and Validation of an Administrative Algorithm to Identify Veterans With Epilepsy
Effects of Lumbar Fusion and Dual-Mobility Liners on Dislocation Rates Following Total Hip Arthroplasty in a Veteran Population
Effects of Lumbar Fusion and Dual-Mobility Liners on Dislocation Rates Following Total Hip Arthroplasty in a Veteran Population
Total hip arthroplasty (THA) is among the most common elective orthopedic procedures performed annually in the United States, with an estimated 635,000 to 909,000 THAs expected each year by 2030.1 Consequently, complication rates and revision surgeries related to THA have been increasing, along with the financial burden on the health care system.2-4 Optimizing outcomes for patients undergoing THA and identifying risk factors for treatment failure have become areas of focus.
Over the last decade, there has been a renewed interest in the effect of previous lumbar spine fusion (LSF) surgery on THA outcomes. Studies have explored the rates of complications, postoperative mobility, and THA implant impingement.5-8 However, the outcome receiving the most attention in recent literature is the rate and effect of dislocation in patients with lumbar fusion surgery. Large Medicare database analyses have discovered an association with increased rates of dislocations in patients with lumbar fusion surgeries compared with those without.9,10 Prosthetic hip dislocation is an expensive complication of THA and is projected to have greater impact through 2035 due to a growing number of THA procedures.11 Identifying risk factors associated with hip dislocation is paramount to mitigating its effect on patients who have undergone THA.
Recent research has found increased rates of THA dislocation and revision surgery in patients with LSF, with some studies showing previous LSF as the strongest independent predictor.6-16 However, controversy surrounds this relationship, including the sequence of procedures (LSF before or after THA), the time between procedures, and involvement of the sacrum in LSF. One study found that patients had a 106% increased risk of dislocation when LSF was performed before THA compared with patients who underwent LSF 5 years after undergoing THA, while another study showed no significant difference in dislocations pre- vs post-LSF.16,17 An additional study showed no significant difference in the rate of dislocation in patients without sacral involvement in the LSF, while also showing significantly higher rates of dislocation in LSF with sacral involvement.12 The researchers also found a trend toward more dislocations in longer lumbosacral fusions. Recent studies have also examined dislocation rates with lumbar fusion in patients treated with dual-mobility liners.18-20 The consensus from these studies is that dual-mobility liners significantly decrease the rate of dislocation in primary THAs with lumbar fusion.
The present study sought to determine the rates of hip dislocations in a US Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) hospital setting. To the authors’ knowledge, no retrospective study focusing on THAs in the veteran population has been performed. This study benefits from controlling for various surgeon techniques and surgical preferences when compared to large Medicare database studies because the orthopedic surgeon (ABK) only performed the posterior approach for all patients during the study period.
The primary objective of this study was to determine whether the rates of hip dislocation would, in fact, be higher in patients with lumbar fusion surgery, as recent database studies suggest. Secondary objectives included determining whether patient characteristics, comorbidities, number of levels fused, or inclusion of the sacrum in the fusion construct influenced dislocation rates. Furthermore, VA Dayton Healthcare System (VADHS) began routine use of dual-mobility liners for lumbar fusion patients in 2018, allowing for examination of these patients.
Methods
The Wright State University and VADHS Institutional Review Board approved this study design. A retrospective review of all primary THAs at VADHS was performed to investigate the relationship between previous lumbar spine fusion and the incidence of THA revision. Manual chart review was performed for patients who underwent primary THA between January 2003, and December 2022. One surgeon performed all surgeries using only the posterior approach. Patients were not excluded if they had bilateral procedures and all eligible hips were included. Patients with a concomitant diagnosis of fracture of the femoral head or femoral neck at the time of surgery were excluded. Additionally, only patients with ≥ 12 months of follow-up data were included.
The primary outcome was dislocation within 12 months of THA; the primary independent variable was LSF prior to THA. Covariates included patient demographics (age, sex, body mass index [BMI]) and Charlson Comorbidity Index (CCI) score, with additional data collected on the number of levels fused, sacral spine involvement, revision rates, and use of dual-mobility liners. Year of surgery was also included in analyses to account for any changes that may have occurred during the study period.
Statistical Analysis
Statistical analyses were performed in SAS 9.4. Patients were grouped into 2 cohorts, depending on whether they had received LSF prior to THA. Analyses were adjusted for repeated measures to account for the small percentage of patients with bilateral procedures.
Univariate comparisons between cohorts for covariates, as well as rates of dislocation and revision, were performed using the independent samples t test for continuous variables and the Fisher exact test for dichotomous categorical variables. Significant comorbidities, as well as age, sex, BMI, liner type, LSF cohort, and surgery year, were included in a logistic regression model to determine what effect, if any, they had on the likelihood of dislocation. Variables were removed using a backward stepwise approach, starting with the nonsignificant variable effect with the lowest χ2 value, and continuing until reaching a final model where all remaining variable effects were significant. For the variables retained in the final model, odds ratios (ORs) with 95% CIs were derived, with dislocation designated as the event. Individual comorbidity subcomponents of the CCI were also analyzed for their effects on dislocation using backward stepwise logistic regression. A secondary analysis among patients with LSF tested for the influence of the number of vertebral levels fused, the presence or absence of sacral involvement in the fusion, and the use of dual-mobility liners on the likelihood of hip dislocation.
Results
The LSF cohort included 39 patients with THA and prior LSF, 3 of whom had bilateral procedures, for a total of 42 hips. The non-LSF cohort included 813 patients with THA, 112 of whom had bilateral procedures, for a total of 925 hips. The LSF and non-LSF cohorts did not differ significantly in age, sex, BMI, CCI, or revision rates (Table). The LSF cohort included a significantly higher percentage of hips receiving dual-mobility liners than did the non-LSF cohort (23.8% vs 0.6%; P < .001) and had more than twice the rate of dislocation (4 of 42 hips [9.5%] vs 35 of 925 hips [3.8%]), although this difference was not statistically significant (P = .08).

The final logistic regression model with dislocation as the outcome was statistically significant (χ2, 17.47; P < .001) and retained 2 significant predictor variables: LSF cohort (χ2, 4.63; P = .03), and sex (χ2, 18.27; P < .001). Females were more likely than males to experience dislocation (OR, 5.84; 95% CI, 2.60-13.13; P < .001) as were patients who had LSF prior to THA (OR, 3.42; 95% CI, 1.12-10.47; P = .03) (Figure). None of the CCI subcomponent comorbidities significantly affected the probability of dislocation (myocardial infarction, P = .46; congestive heart failure, P = .47; peripheral vascular disease, P = .97; stroke, P = .51; dementia, P = .99; chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, P = .95; connective tissue disease, P = .25; peptic ulcer, P = .41; liver disease, P = .30; diabetes, P = .06; hemiplegia, P = .99; chronic kidney disease, P = .82; solid tumor, P = .90; leukemia, P = .99; lymphoma, P = .99; AIDS, P = .99). Within the LSF cohort, neither the number of levels fused (P = .83) nor sacral involvement (P = .42), significantly affected the probability of hip dislocation. None of the patients in either cohort who received dual-mobility liners subsequently dislocated their hips, nor did any of them require revision surgery.

Discussion
Spinopelvic biomechanics have been an area of increasing interest and research. Spinal fusion has been shown to alter the mobility of the pelvis and has been associated with decreased stability of THA implants.21 For example, in the setting of a fused spine, the lack of compensatory changes in pelvic tilt or acetabular anteversion when adjusting to a seated or standing position may predispose patients to impingement because the acetabular component is not properly positioned. Dual-mobility constructs mitigate this risk by providing an additional articulation, which increases jump distance and range of motion prior to impingement, thereby enhancing stability.
The use of dual-mobility liners in patients with LSF has also been examined.18-20 These studies demonstrate a reduced risk of postoperative THA dislocation in patients with previous LSF. The rate of postoperative complications and revisions for LSF patients with dual-mobility liners was also found to be similar to that of THAs without dual-mobility in patients without prior LSF. This study focused on a veteran population to demonstrate the efficacy of dual-mobility liners in patients with LSF. The results indicate that LSF prior to THA and female sex were predictors for prosthetic hip dislocations in the 12-month postoperative period in this patient population, which aligns with the current literature.
The dislocation rate in the LSF-THA group (9.5%) was higher than the dislocation rate in the control group (3.8%). Although not statistically significant in the univariate analysis, LSF was shown to be a significant risk factor after controlling for patient sex. Other studies have found the dislocation rate to be 3% to 7%, which is lower than the dislocation rate observed in this study.8,10,16
The reasons for this higher rate of dislocation are not entirely clear. A veteran population has poorer overall health than the general population, which may contribute to the higher than previously reported dislocation rates.22 These results can be applied to the management of veterans seeking THA.
There have been conflicting reports regarding the impact a patient’s sex has on THA outcomes in the general population.23-26 This study found that female patients had higher rates of dislocation within 1 year of THA than male patients. This difference, which could be due to differences in baseline anatomic hip morphology between the sexes; females tend to have smaller femoral head sizes and less offset compared with males.27,28 However, this finding could have been confounded by the small number of female veterans in the study cohort.
A type 2 diabetes mellitus (T2DM) diagnosis, which is a component of CCI, trended toward increased risk of prosthetic hip dislocation. Multiple studies have also discussed the increased risk of postoperative infections and revisions following THA in patients with T2DM.29-31 One study found T2DM to be an independent risk factor for immediate in-hospital postoperative complications following hip arthroplasty.32
Another factor that may influence postoperative dislocation risk is surgical approach. The posterior approach has historically been associated with higher rates of instability when compared to anterior or lateral THA.33 Researchers have also looked at the role that surgical approach plays in patients with prior LSF. Huebschmann et al confirmed that not only is LSF a significant risk factor for dislocation following THA, but anterior and laterally based surgical approaches may mitigate this risk.34
Limitations
As a retrospective cohort study, the reliability of the data hinges on complete documentation. Documentation of all encounters for dislocations was obtained from the VA Computerized Patient Record System, which may have led to some dislocation events being missed. However, as long as there was adequate postoperative follow-up, it was assumed all events outside the VA were included. Another limitation of this study was that male patients greatly outnumbered female patients, and this fact could limit the generalizability of findings to the population as a whole.
Conclusions
This study in a veteran population found that prior LSF and female sex were significant predictors for postoperative dislocation within 1 year of THA surgery. Additionally, the use of a dual-mobility liner was found to be protective against postoperative dislocation events. These data allow clinicians to better counsel veterans on the risk factors associated with postoperative dislocation and strategies to mitigate this risk.
- Sloan M, Premkumar A, Sheth NP. Projected volume of primary total joint arthroplasty in the U.S., 2014 to 2030. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2018;100:1455-1460. doi:10.2106/JBJS.17.01617
- Bozic KJ, Kurtz SM, Lau E, et al. The epidemiology of revision total hip arthroplasty in the United States. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2009;91:128-133. doi:10.2106/JBJS.H.00155
- Kurtz SM, Ong KL, Schmier J, et al. Future clinical and economic impact of revision total hip and knee arthroplasty. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2007;89:144-151. doi:10.2106/JBJS.G.00587
- Kurtz SM, Ong KL, Schmier J, et al. Primary and revision arthroplasty surgery caseloads in the United States from 1990 to 2004. J Arthroplasty. 2009;24:195-203. doi:10.1016/j.arth.2007.11.015
- Yamato Y, Furuhashi H, Hasegawa T, et al. Simulation of implant impingement after spinal corrective fusion surgery in patients with previous total hip arthroplasty: a retrospective case series. Spine (Phila Pa 1976). 2021;46:512-519. doi:10.1097/BRS.0000000000003836
- Mudrick CA, Melvin JS, Springer BD. Late posterior hip instability after lumbar spinopelvic fusion. Arthroplast Today. 2015;1:25-29. doi:10.1016/j.artd.2015.05.002
- Diebo BG, Beyer GA, Grieco PW, et al. Complications in patients undergoing spinal fusion after THA. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2018;476:412-417.doi:10.1007/s11999.0000000000000009 8.
- Sing DC, Barry JJ, Aguilar TU, et al. Prior lumbar spinal arthrodesis increases risk of prosthetic-related complication in total hip arthroplasty. J Arthroplasty. 2016;31:227-232.e1. doi:10.1016/j.arth.2016.02.069
- King CA, Landy DC, Martell JM, et al. Time to dislocation analysis of lumbar spine fusion following total hip arthroplasty: breaking up a happy home. J Arthroplasty. 2018;33:3768-3772. doi:10.1016/j.arth.2018.08.029
- Buckland AJ, Puvanesarajah V, Vigdorchik J, et al. Dislocation of a primary total hip arthroplasty is more common in patients with a lumbar spinal fusion. Bone Joint J. 2017;99-B:585-591.doi:10.1302/0301-620X.99B5.BJJ-2016-0657.R1
- Pirruccio K, Premkumar A, Sheth NP. The burden of prosthetic hip dislocations in the United States is projected to significantly increase by 2035. Hip Int. 2021;31:714-721. doi:10.1177/1120700020923619
- Salib CG, Reina N, Perry KI, et al. Lumbar fusion involving the sacrum increases dislocation risk in primary total hip arthroplasty. Bone Joint J. 2019;101-B:198-206. doi:10.1302/0301-620X.101B2.BJJ-2018-0754.R1
- An VVG, Phan K, Sivakumar BS, et al. Prior lumbar spinal fusion is associated with an increased risk of dislocation and revision in total hip arthroplasty: a meta-analysis. J Arthroplasty. 2018;33:297-300. doi:10.1016/j.arth.2017.08.040
- Klemt C, Padmanabha A, Tirumala V, et al. Lumbar spine fusion before revision total hip arthroplasty is associated with increased dislocation rates. J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 2021;29:e860-e868. doi:10.5435/JAAOS-D-20-00824
- Gausden EB, Parhar HS, Popper JE, et al. Risk factors for early dislocation following primary elective total hip arthroplasty. J Arthroplasty. 2018;33:1567-1571. doi:10.1016/j.arth.2017.12.034
- Malkani AL, Himschoot KJ, Ong KL, et al. Does timing of primary total hip arthroplasty prior to or after lumbar spine fusion have an effect on dislocation and revision rates?. J Arthroplasty. 2019;34:907-911. doi:10.1016/j.arth.2019.01.009
- Parilla FW, Shah RR, Gordon AC, et al. Does it matter: total hip arthroplasty or lumbar spinal fusion first? Preoperative sagittal spinopelvic measurements guide patient-specific surgical strategies in patients requiring both. J Arthroplasty. 2019;34:2652-2662. doi:10.1016/j.arth.2019.05.053
- Chalmers BP, Syku M, Sculco TP, et al. Dual-mobility constructs in primary total hip arthroplasty in high-risk patients with spinal fusions: our institutional experience. Arthroplast Today. 2020;6:749-754. doi:10.1016/j.artd.2020.07.024
- Nessler JM, Malkani AL, Sachdeva S, et al. Use of dual mobility cups in patients undergoing primary total hip arthroplasty with prior lumbar spine fusion. Int Orthop. 2020;44:857-862. doi:10.1007/s00264-020-04507-y
- Nessler JM, Malkani AL, Yep PJ, et al. Dislocation rates of primary total hip arthroplasty in patients with prior lumbar spine fusion and lumbar degenerative disk disease with and without utilization of dual mobility cups: an American Joint Replacement Registry study. J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 2023;31:e271-e277. doi:10.5435/JAAOS-D-22-00767
- Phan D, Bederman SS, Schwarzkopf R. The influence of sagittal spinal deformity on anteversion of the acetabular component in total hip arthroplasty. Bone Joint J. 2015;97-B:1017-1023. doi:10.1302/0301-620X.97B8.35700
- Agha Z, Lofgren RP, VanRuiswyk JV, et al. Are patients at Veterans Affairs medical centers sicker? A comparative analysis of health status and medical resource use. Arch Intern Med. 2000;160:3252-3257. doi:10.1001/archinte.160.21.325223.
- Basques BA, Bell JA, Fillingham YA, et al. Gender differences for hip and knee arthroplasty: complications and healthcare utilization. J Arthroplasty. 2019;34:1593-1597.e1. doi:10.1016/j.arth.2019.03.064
- Kim YH, Choi Y, Kim JS. Influence of patient-, design-, and surgery-related factors on rate of dislocation after primary cementless total hip arthroplasty. J Arthroplasty. 2009;24:1258-1263. doi:10.1016/j.arth.2009.03.017
- Chen A, Paxton L, Zheng X, et al. Association of sex with risk of 2-year revision among patients undergoing total hip arthroplasty. JAMA Netw Open. 2021;4:e2110687. doi:10.1001/jamanetworkopen.2021.10687
- Inacio MCS, Ake CF, Paxton EW, et al. Sex and risk of hip implant failure: assessing total hip arthroplasty outcomes in the United States. JAMA Intern Med. 2013;173:435-441. doi:10.1001/jamainternmed.2013.3271
- Karlson EW, Daltroy LH, Liang MH, et al. Gender differences in patient preferences may underlie differential utilization of elective surgery. Am J Med. 1997;102:524-530. doi:10.1016/s0002-9343(97)00050-8
- Kostamo T, Bourne RB, Whittaker JP, et al. No difference in gender-specific hip replacement outcomes. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2009;467:135-140. doi:10.1007/s11999-008-0466-2
- Papagelopoulos PJ, Idusuyi OB, Wallrichs SL, et al. Long term outcome and survivorship analysis of primary total knee arthroplasty in patients with diabetes mellitus. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 1996;(330):124-132. doi:10.1097/00003086-199609000-00015
- Fitzgerald RH Jr, Nolan DR, Ilstrup DM, et al. Deep wound sepsis following total hip arthroplasty. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1977;59:847-855.
- Blom AW, Brown J, Taylor AH, et al. Infection after total knee arthroplasty. J Bone Joint Surg Br. 2004;86:688-691. doi:10.1302/0301-620x.86b5.14887
- Jain NB, Guller U, Pietrobon R, et al. Comorbidities increase complication rates in patients having arthroplasty. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2005;435:232-238. doi:10.1097/01.blo.0000156479.97488.a2
- Docter S, Philpott HT, Godkin L, et al. Comparison of intra and post-operative complication rates among surgical approaches in Total Hip Arthroplasty: A systematic review and meta-analysis. J Orthop. 2020;20:310-325. doi:10.1016/j.jor.2020.05.008
- Huebschmann NA, Lawrence KW, Robin JX, et al. Does surgical approach affect dislocation rate after total hip arthroplasty in patients who have prior lumbar spinal fusion? A retrospective analysis of 16,223 cases. J Arthroplasty. 2024;39:S306-S313. doi:10.1016/j.arth.2024.03.068
Total hip arthroplasty (THA) is among the most common elective orthopedic procedures performed annually in the United States, with an estimated 635,000 to 909,000 THAs expected each year by 2030.1 Consequently, complication rates and revision surgeries related to THA have been increasing, along with the financial burden on the health care system.2-4 Optimizing outcomes for patients undergoing THA and identifying risk factors for treatment failure have become areas of focus.
Over the last decade, there has been a renewed interest in the effect of previous lumbar spine fusion (LSF) surgery on THA outcomes. Studies have explored the rates of complications, postoperative mobility, and THA implant impingement.5-8 However, the outcome receiving the most attention in recent literature is the rate and effect of dislocation in patients with lumbar fusion surgery. Large Medicare database analyses have discovered an association with increased rates of dislocations in patients with lumbar fusion surgeries compared with those without.9,10 Prosthetic hip dislocation is an expensive complication of THA and is projected to have greater impact through 2035 due to a growing number of THA procedures.11 Identifying risk factors associated with hip dislocation is paramount to mitigating its effect on patients who have undergone THA.
Recent research has found increased rates of THA dislocation and revision surgery in patients with LSF, with some studies showing previous LSF as the strongest independent predictor.6-16 However, controversy surrounds this relationship, including the sequence of procedures (LSF before or after THA), the time between procedures, and involvement of the sacrum in LSF. One study found that patients had a 106% increased risk of dislocation when LSF was performed before THA compared with patients who underwent LSF 5 years after undergoing THA, while another study showed no significant difference in dislocations pre- vs post-LSF.16,17 An additional study showed no significant difference in the rate of dislocation in patients without sacral involvement in the LSF, while also showing significantly higher rates of dislocation in LSF with sacral involvement.12 The researchers also found a trend toward more dislocations in longer lumbosacral fusions. Recent studies have also examined dislocation rates with lumbar fusion in patients treated with dual-mobility liners.18-20 The consensus from these studies is that dual-mobility liners significantly decrease the rate of dislocation in primary THAs with lumbar fusion.
The present study sought to determine the rates of hip dislocations in a US Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) hospital setting. To the authors’ knowledge, no retrospective study focusing on THAs in the veteran population has been performed. This study benefits from controlling for various surgeon techniques and surgical preferences when compared to large Medicare database studies because the orthopedic surgeon (ABK) only performed the posterior approach for all patients during the study period.
The primary objective of this study was to determine whether the rates of hip dislocation would, in fact, be higher in patients with lumbar fusion surgery, as recent database studies suggest. Secondary objectives included determining whether patient characteristics, comorbidities, number of levels fused, or inclusion of the sacrum in the fusion construct influenced dislocation rates. Furthermore, VA Dayton Healthcare System (VADHS) began routine use of dual-mobility liners for lumbar fusion patients in 2018, allowing for examination of these patients.
Methods
The Wright State University and VADHS Institutional Review Board approved this study design. A retrospective review of all primary THAs at VADHS was performed to investigate the relationship between previous lumbar spine fusion and the incidence of THA revision. Manual chart review was performed for patients who underwent primary THA between January 2003, and December 2022. One surgeon performed all surgeries using only the posterior approach. Patients were not excluded if they had bilateral procedures and all eligible hips were included. Patients with a concomitant diagnosis of fracture of the femoral head or femoral neck at the time of surgery were excluded. Additionally, only patients with ≥ 12 months of follow-up data were included.
The primary outcome was dislocation within 12 months of THA; the primary independent variable was LSF prior to THA. Covariates included patient demographics (age, sex, body mass index [BMI]) and Charlson Comorbidity Index (CCI) score, with additional data collected on the number of levels fused, sacral spine involvement, revision rates, and use of dual-mobility liners. Year of surgery was also included in analyses to account for any changes that may have occurred during the study period.
Statistical Analysis
Statistical analyses were performed in SAS 9.4. Patients were grouped into 2 cohorts, depending on whether they had received LSF prior to THA. Analyses were adjusted for repeated measures to account for the small percentage of patients with bilateral procedures.
Univariate comparisons between cohorts for covariates, as well as rates of dislocation and revision, were performed using the independent samples t test for continuous variables and the Fisher exact test for dichotomous categorical variables. Significant comorbidities, as well as age, sex, BMI, liner type, LSF cohort, and surgery year, were included in a logistic regression model to determine what effect, if any, they had on the likelihood of dislocation. Variables were removed using a backward stepwise approach, starting with the nonsignificant variable effect with the lowest χ2 value, and continuing until reaching a final model where all remaining variable effects were significant. For the variables retained in the final model, odds ratios (ORs) with 95% CIs were derived, with dislocation designated as the event. Individual comorbidity subcomponents of the CCI were also analyzed for their effects on dislocation using backward stepwise logistic regression. A secondary analysis among patients with LSF tested for the influence of the number of vertebral levels fused, the presence or absence of sacral involvement in the fusion, and the use of dual-mobility liners on the likelihood of hip dislocation.
Results
The LSF cohort included 39 patients with THA and prior LSF, 3 of whom had bilateral procedures, for a total of 42 hips. The non-LSF cohort included 813 patients with THA, 112 of whom had bilateral procedures, for a total of 925 hips. The LSF and non-LSF cohorts did not differ significantly in age, sex, BMI, CCI, or revision rates (Table). The LSF cohort included a significantly higher percentage of hips receiving dual-mobility liners than did the non-LSF cohort (23.8% vs 0.6%; P < .001) and had more than twice the rate of dislocation (4 of 42 hips [9.5%] vs 35 of 925 hips [3.8%]), although this difference was not statistically significant (P = .08).

The final logistic regression model with dislocation as the outcome was statistically significant (χ2, 17.47; P < .001) and retained 2 significant predictor variables: LSF cohort (χ2, 4.63; P = .03), and sex (χ2, 18.27; P < .001). Females were more likely than males to experience dislocation (OR, 5.84; 95% CI, 2.60-13.13; P < .001) as were patients who had LSF prior to THA (OR, 3.42; 95% CI, 1.12-10.47; P = .03) (Figure). None of the CCI subcomponent comorbidities significantly affected the probability of dislocation (myocardial infarction, P = .46; congestive heart failure, P = .47; peripheral vascular disease, P = .97; stroke, P = .51; dementia, P = .99; chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, P = .95; connective tissue disease, P = .25; peptic ulcer, P = .41; liver disease, P = .30; diabetes, P = .06; hemiplegia, P = .99; chronic kidney disease, P = .82; solid tumor, P = .90; leukemia, P = .99; lymphoma, P = .99; AIDS, P = .99). Within the LSF cohort, neither the number of levels fused (P = .83) nor sacral involvement (P = .42), significantly affected the probability of hip dislocation. None of the patients in either cohort who received dual-mobility liners subsequently dislocated their hips, nor did any of them require revision surgery.

Discussion
Spinopelvic biomechanics have been an area of increasing interest and research. Spinal fusion has been shown to alter the mobility of the pelvis and has been associated with decreased stability of THA implants.21 For example, in the setting of a fused spine, the lack of compensatory changes in pelvic tilt or acetabular anteversion when adjusting to a seated or standing position may predispose patients to impingement because the acetabular component is not properly positioned. Dual-mobility constructs mitigate this risk by providing an additional articulation, which increases jump distance and range of motion prior to impingement, thereby enhancing stability.
The use of dual-mobility liners in patients with LSF has also been examined.18-20 These studies demonstrate a reduced risk of postoperative THA dislocation in patients with previous LSF. The rate of postoperative complications and revisions for LSF patients with dual-mobility liners was also found to be similar to that of THAs without dual-mobility in patients without prior LSF. This study focused on a veteran population to demonstrate the efficacy of dual-mobility liners in patients with LSF. The results indicate that LSF prior to THA and female sex were predictors for prosthetic hip dislocations in the 12-month postoperative period in this patient population, which aligns with the current literature.
The dislocation rate in the LSF-THA group (9.5%) was higher than the dislocation rate in the control group (3.8%). Although not statistically significant in the univariate analysis, LSF was shown to be a significant risk factor after controlling for patient sex. Other studies have found the dislocation rate to be 3% to 7%, which is lower than the dislocation rate observed in this study.8,10,16
The reasons for this higher rate of dislocation are not entirely clear. A veteran population has poorer overall health than the general population, which may contribute to the higher than previously reported dislocation rates.22 These results can be applied to the management of veterans seeking THA.
There have been conflicting reports regarding the impact a patient’s sex has on THA outcomes in the general population.23-26 This study found that female patients had higher rates of dislocation within 1 year of THA than male patients. This difference, which could be due to differences in baseline anatomic hip morphology between the sexes; females tend to have smaller femoral head sizes and less offset compared with males.27,28 However, this finding could have been confounded by the small number of female veterans in the study cohort.
A type 2 diabetes mellitus (T2DM) diagnosis, which is a component of CCI, trended toward increased risk of prosthetic hip dislocation. Multiple studies have also discussed the increased risk of postoperative infections and revisions following THA in patients with T2DM.29-31 One study found T2DM to be an independent risk factor for immediate in-hospital postoperative complications following hip arthroplasty.32
Another factor that may influence postoperative dislocation risk is surgical approach. The posterior approach has historically been associated with higher rates of instability when compared to anterior or lateral THA.33 Researchers have also looked at the role that surgical approach plays in patients with prior LSF. Huebschmann et al confirmed that not only is LSF a significant risk factor for dislocation following THA, but anterior and laterally based surgical approaches may mitigate this risk.34
Limitations
As a retrospective cohort study, the reliability of the data hinges on complete documentation. Documentation of all encounters for dislocations was obtained from the VA Computerized Patient Record System, which may have led to some dislocation events being missed. However, as long as there was adequate postoperative follow-up, it was assumed all events outside the VA were included. Another limitation of this study was that male patients greatly outnumbered female patients, and this fact could limit the generalizability of findings to the population as a whole.
Conclusions
This study in a veteran population found that prior LSF and female sex were significant predictors for postoperative dislocation within 1 year of THA surgery. Additionally, the use of a dual-mobility liner was found to be protective against postoperative dislocation events. These data allow clinicians to better counsel veterans on the risk factors associated with postoperative dislocation and strategies to mitigate this risk.
Total hip arthroplasty (THA) is among the most common elective orthopedic procedures performed annually in the United States, with an estimated 635,000 to 909,000 THAs expected each year by 2030.1 Consequently, complication rates and revision surgeries related to THA have been increasing, along with the financial burden on the health care system.2-4 Optimizing outcomes for patients undergoing THA and identifying risk factors for treatment failure have become areas of focus.
Over the last decade, there has been a renewed interest in the effect of previous lumbar spine fusion (LSF) surgery on THA outcomes. Studies have explored the rates of complications, postoperative mobility, and THA implant impingement.5-8 However, the outcome receiving the most attention in recent literature is the rate and effect of dislocation in patients with lumbar fusion surgery. Large Medicare database analyses have discovered an association with increased rates of dislocations in patients with lumbar fusion surgeries compared with those without.9,10 Prosthetic hip dislocation is an expensive complication of THA and is projected to have greater impact through 2035 due to a growing number of THA procedures.11 Identifying risk factors associated with hip dislocation is paramount to mitigating its effect on patients who have undergone THA.
Recent research has found increased rates of THA dislocation and revision surgery in patients with LSF, with some studies showing previous LSF as the strongest independent predictor.6-16 However, controversy surrounds this relationship, including the sequence of procedures (LSF before or after THA), the time between procedures, and involvement of the sacrum in LSF. One study found that patients had a 106% increased risk of dislocation when LSF was performed before THA compared with patients who underwent LSF 5 years after undergoing THA, while another study showed no significant difference in dislocations pre- vs post-LSF.16,17 An additional study showed no significant difference in the rate of dislocation in patients without sacral involvement in the LSF, while also showing significantly higher rates of dislocation in LSF with sacral involvement.12 The researchers also found a trend toward more dislocations in longer lumbosacral fusions. Recent studies have also examined dislocation rates with lumbar fusion in patients treated with dual-mobility liners.18-20 The consensus from these studies is that dual-mobility liners significantly decrease the rate of dislocation in primary THAs with lumbar fusion.
The present study sought to determine the rates of hip dislocations in a US Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) hospital setting. To the authors’ knowledge, no retrospective study focusing on THAs in the veteran population has been performed. This study benefits from controlling for various surgeon techniques and surgical preferences when compared to large Medicare database studies because the orthopedic surgeon (ABK) only performed the posterior approach for all patients during the study period.
The primary objective of this study was to determine whether the rates of hip dislocation would, in fact, be higher in patients with lumbar fusion surgery, as recent database studies suggest. Secondary objectives included determining whether patient characteristics, comorbidities, number of levels fused, or inclusion of the sacrum in the fusion construct influenced dislocation rates. Furthermore, VA Dayton Healthcare System (VADHS) began routine use of dual-mobility liners for lumbar fusion patients in 2018, allowing for examination of these patients.
Methods
The Wright State University and VADHS Institutional Review Board approved this study design. A retrospective review of all primary THAs at VADHS was performed to investigate the relationship between previous lumbar spine fusion and the incidence of THA revision. Manual chart review was performed for patients who underwent primary THA between January 2003, and December 2022. One surgeon performed all surgeries using only the posterior approach. Patients were not excluded if they had bilateral procedures and all eligible hips were included. Patients with a concomitant diagnosis of fracture of the femoral head or femoral neck at the time of surgery were excluded. Additionally, only patients with ≥ 12 months of follow-up data were included.
The primary outcome was dislocation within 12 months of THA; the primary independent variable was LSF prior to THA. Covariates included patient demographics (age, sex, body mass index [BMI]) and Charlson Comorbidity Index (CCI) score, with additional data collected on the number of levels fused, sacral spine involvement, revision rates, and use of dual-mobility liners. Year of surgery was also included in analyses to account for any changes that may have occurred during the study period.
Statistical Analysis
Statistical analyses were performed in SAS 9.4. Patients were grouped into 2 cohorts, depending on whether they had received LSF prior to THA. Analyses were adjusted for repeated measures to account for the small percentage of patients with bilateral procedures.
Univariate comparisons between cohorts for covariates, as well as rates of dislocation and revision, were performed using the independent samples t test for continuous variables and the Fisher exact test for dichotomous categorical variables. Significant comorbidities, as well as age, sex, BMI, liner type, LSF cohort, and surgery year, were included in a logistic regression model to determine what effect, if any, they had on the likelihood of dislocation. Variables were removed using a backward stepwise approach, starting with the nonsignificant variable effect with the lowest χ2 value, and continuing until reaching a final model where all remaining variable effects were significant. For the variables retained in the final model, odds ratios (ORs) with 95% CIs were derived, with dislocation designated as the event. Individual comorbidity subcomponents of the CCI were also analyzed for their effects on dislocation using backward stepwise logistic regression. A secondary analysis among patients with LSF tested for the influence of the number of vertebral levels fused, the presence or absence of sacral involvement in the fusion, and the use of dual-mobility liners on the likelihood of hip dislocation.
Results
The LSF cohort included 39 patients with THA and prior LSF, 3 of whom had bilateral procedures, for a total of 42 hips. The non-LSF cohort included 813 patients with THA, 112 of whom had bilateral procedures, for a total of 925 hips. The LSF and non-LSF cohorts did not differ significantly in age, sex, BMI, CCI, or revision rates (Table). The LSF cohort included a significantly higher percentage of hips receiving dual-mobility liners than did the non-LSF cohort (23.8% vs 0.6%; P < .001) and had more than twice the rate of dislocation (4 of 42 hips [9.5%] vs 35 of 925 hips [3.8%]), although this difference was not statistically significant (P = .08).

The final logistic regression model with dislocation as the outcome was statistically significant (χ2, 17.47; P < .001) and retained 2 significant predictor variables: LSF cohort (χ2, 4.63; P = .03), and sex (χ2, 18.27; P < .001). Females were more likely than males to experience dislocation (OR, 5.84; 95% CI, 2.60-13.13; P < .001) as were patients who had LSF prior to THA (OR, 3.42; 95% CI, 1.12-10.47; P = .03) (Figure). None of the CCI subcomponent comorbidities significantly affected the probability of dislocation (myocardial infarction, P = .46; congestive heart failure, P = .47; peripheral vascular disease, P = .97; stroke, P = .51; dementia, P = .99; chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, P = .95; connective tissue disease, P = .25; peptic ulcer, P = .41; liver disease, P = .30; diabetes, P = .06; hemiplegia, P = .99; chronic kidney disease, P = .82; solid tumor, P = .90; leukemia, P = .99; lymphoma, P = .99; AIDS, P = .99). Within the LSF cohort, neither the number of levels fused (P = .83) nor sacral involvement (P = .42), significantly affected the probability of hip dislocation. None of the patients in either cohort who received dual-mobility liners subsequently dislocated their hips, nor did any of them require revision surgery.

Discussion
Spinopelvic biomechanics have been an area of increasing interest and research. Spinal fusion has been shown to alter the mobility of the pelvis and has been associated with decreased stability of THA implants.21 For example, in the setting of a fused spine, the lack of compensatory changes in pelvic tilt or acetabular anteversion when adjusting to a seated or standing position may predispose patients to impingement because the acetabular component is not properly positioned. Dual-mobility constructs mitigate this risk by providing an additional articulation, which increases jump distance and range of motion prior to impingement, thereby enhancing stability.
The use of dual-mobility liners in patients with LSF has also been examined.18-20 These studies demonstrate a reduced risk of postoperative THA dislocation in patients with previous LSF. The rate of postoperative complications and revisions for LSF patients with dual-mobility liners was also found to be similar to that of THAs without dual-mobility in patients without prior LSF. This study focused on a veteran population to demonstrate the efficacy of dual-mobility liners in patients with LSF. The results indicate that LSF prior to THA and female sex were predictors for prosthetic hip dislocations in the 12-month postoperative period in this patient population, which aligns with the current literature.
The dislocation rate in the LSF-THA group (9.5%) was higher than the dislocation rate in the control group (3.8%). Although not statistically significant in the univariate analysis, LSF was shown to be a significant risk factor after controlling for patient sex. Other studies have found the dislocation rate to be 3% to 7%, which is lower than the dislocation rate observed in this study.8,10,16
The reasons for this higher rate of dislocation are not entirely clear. A veteran population has poorer overall health than the general population, which may contribute to the higher than previously reported dislocation rates.22 These results can be applied to the management of veterans seeking THA.
There have been conflicting reports regarding the impact a patient’s sex has on THA outcomes in the general population.23-26 This study found that female patients had higher rates of dislocation within 1 year of THA than male patients. This difference, which could be due to differences in baseline anatomic hip morphology between the sexes; females tend to have smaller femoral head sizes and less offset compared with males.27,28 However, this finding could have been confounded by the small number of female veterans in the study cohort.
A type 2 diabetes mellitus (T2DM) diagnosis, which is a component of CCI, trended toward increased risk of prosthetic hip dislocation. Multiple studies have also discussed the increased risk of postoperative infections and revisions following THA in patients with T2DM.29-31 One study found T2DM to be an independent risk factor for immediate in-hospital postoperative complications following hip arthroplasty.32
Another factor that may influence postoperative dislocation risk is surgical approach. The posterior approach has historically been associated with higher rates of instability when compared to anterior or lateral THA.33 Researchers have also looked at the role that surgical approach plays in patients with prior LSF. Huebschmann et al confirmed that not only is LSF a significant risk factor for dislocation following THA, but anterior and laterally based surgical approaches may mitigate this risk.34
Limitations
As a retrospective cohort study, the reliability of the data hinges on complete documentation. Documentation of all encounters for dislocations was obtained from the VA Computerized Patient Record System, which may have led to some dislocation events being missed. However, as long as there was adequate postoperative follow-up, it was assumed all events outside the VA were included. Another limitation of this study was that male patients greatly outnumbered female patients, and this fact could limit the generalizability of findings to the population as a whole.
Conclusions
This study in a veteran population found that prior LSF and female sex were significant predictors for postoperative dislocation within 1 year of THA surgery. Additionally, the use of a dual-mobility liner was found to be protective against postoperative dislocation events. These data allow clinicians to better counsel veterans on the risk factors associated with postoperative dislocation and strategies to mitigate this risk.
- Sloan M, Premkumar A, Sheth NP. Projected volume of primary total joint arthroplasty in the U.S., 2014 to 2030. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2018;100:1455-1460. doi:10.2106/JBJS.17.01617
- Bozic KJ, Kurtz SM, Lau E, et al. The epidemiology of revision total hip arthroplasty in the United States. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2009;91:128-133. doi:10.2106/JBJS.H.00155
- Kurtz SM, Ong KL, Schmier J, et al. Future clinical and economic impact of revision total hip and knee arthroplasty. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2007;89:144-151. doi:10.2106/JBJS.G.00587
- Kurtz SM, Ong KL, Schmier J, et al. Primary and revision arthroplasty surgery caseloads in the United States from 1990 to 2004. J Arthroplasty. 2009;24:195-203. doi:10.1016/j.arth.2007.11.015
- Yamato Y, Furuhashi H, Hasegawa T, et al. Simulation of implant impingement after spinal corrective fusion surgery in patients with previous total hip arthroplasty: a retrospective case series. Spine (Phila Pa 1976). 2021;46:512-519. doi:10.1097/BRS.0000000000003836
- Mudrick CA, Melvin JS, Springer BD. Late posterior hip instability after lumbar spinopelvic fusion. Arthroplast Today. 2015;1:25-29. doi:10.1016/j.artd.2015.05.002
- Diebo BG, Beyer GA, Grieco PW, et al. Complications in patients undergoing spinal fusion after THA. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2018;476:412-417.doi:10.1007/s11999.0000000000000009 8.
- Sing DC, Barry JJ, Aguilar TU, et al. Prior lumbar spinal arthrodesis increases risk of prosthetic-related complication in total hip arthroplasty. J Arthroplasty. 2016;31:227-232.e1. doi:10.1016/j.arth.2016.02.069
- King CA, Landy DC, Martell JM, et al. Time to dislocation analysis of lumbar spine fusion following total hip arthroplasty: breaking up a happy home. J Arthroplasty. 2018;33:3768-3772. doi:10.1016/j.arth.2018.08.029
- Buckland AJ, Puvanesarajah V, Vigdorchik J, et al. Dislocation of a primary total hip arthroplasty is more common in patients with a lumbar spinal fusion. Bone Joint J. 2017;99-B:585-591.doi:10.1302/0301-620X.99B5.BJJ-2016-0657.R1
- Pirruccio K, Premkumar A, Sheth NP. The burden of prosthetic hip dislocations in the United States is projected to significantly increase by 2035. Hip Int. 2021;31:714-721. doi:10.1177/1120700020923619
- Salib CG, Reina N, Perry KI, et al. Lumbar fusion involving the sacrum increases dislocation risk in primary total hip arthroplasty. Bone Joint J. 2019;101-B:198-206. doi:10.1302/0301-620X.101B2.BJJ-2018-0754.R1
- An VVG, Phan K, Sivakumar BS, et al. Prior lumbar spinal fusion is associated with an increased risk of dislocation and revision in total hip arthroplasty: a meta-analysis. J Arthroplasty. 2018;33:297-300. doi:10.1016/j.arth.2017.08.040
- Klemt C, Padmanabha A, Tirumala V, et al. Lumbar spine fusion before revision total hip arthroplasty is associated with increased dislocation rates. J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 2021;29:e860-e868. doi:10.5435/JAAOS-D-20-00824
- Gausden EB, Parhar HS, Popper JE, et al. Risk factors for early dislocation following primary elective total hip arthroplasty. J Arthroplasty. 2018;33:1567-1571. doi:10.1016/j.arth.2017.12.034
- Malkani AL, Himschoot KJ, Ong KL, et al. Does timing of primary total hip arthroplasty prior to or after lumbar spine fusion have an effect on dislocation and revision rates?. J Arthroplasty. 2019;34:907-911. doi:10.1016/j.arth.2019.01.009
- Parilla FW, Shah RR, Gordon AC, et al. Does it matter: total hip arthroplasty or lumbar spinal fusion first? Preoperative sagittal spinopelvic measurements guide patient-specific surgical strategies in patients requiring both. J Arthroplasty. 2019;34:2652-2662. doi:10.1016/j.arth.2019.05.053
- Chalmers BP, Syku M, Sculco TP, et al. Dual-mobility constructs in primary total hip arthroplasty in high-risk patients with spinal fusions: our institutional experience. Arthroplast Today. 2020;6:749-754. doi:10.1016/j.artd.2020.07.024
- Nessler JM, Malkani AL, Sachdeva S, et al. Use of dual mobility cups in patients undergoing primary total hip arthroplasty with prior lumbar spine fusion. Int Orthop. 2020;44:857-862. doi:10.1007/s00264-020-04507-y
- Nessler JM, Malkani AL, Yep PJ, et al. Dislocation rates of primary total hip arthroplasty in patients with prior lumbar spine fusion and lumbar degenerative disk disease with and without utilization of dual mobility cups: an American Joint Replacement Registry study. J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 2023;31:e271-e277. doi:10.5435/JAAOS-D-22-00767
- Phan D, Bederman SS, Schwarzkopf R. The influence of sagittal spinal deformity on anteversion of the acetabular component in total hip arthroplasty. Bone Joint J. 2015;97-B:1017-1023. doi:10.1302/0301-620X.97B8.35700
- Agha Z, Lofgren RP, VanRuiswyk JV, et al. Are patients at Veterans Affairs medical centers sicker? A comparative analysis of health status and medical resource use. Arch Intern Med. 2000;160:3252-3257. doi:10.1001/archinte.160.21.325223.
- Basques BA, Bell JA, Fillingham YA, et al. Gender differences for hip and knee arthroplasty: complications and healthcare utilization. J Arthroplasty. 2019;34:1593-1597.e1. doi:10.1016/j.arth.2019.03.064
- Kim YH, Choi Y, Kim JS. Influence of patient-, design-, and surgery-related factors on rate of dislocation after primary cementless total hip arthroplasty. J Arthroplasty. 2009;24:1258-1263. doi:10.1016/j.arth.2009.03.017
- Chen A, Paxton L, Zheng X, et al. Association of sex with risk of 2-year revision among patients undergoing total hip arthroplasty. JAMA Netw Open. 2021;4:e2110687. doi:10.1001/jamanetworkopen.2021.10687
- Inacio MCS, Ake CF, Paxton EW, et al. Sex and risk of hip implant failure: assessing total hip arthroplasty outcomes in the United States. JAMA Intern Med. 2013;173:435-441. doi:10.1001/jamainternmed.2013.3271
- Karlson EW, Daltroy LH, Liang MH, et al. Gender differences in patient preferences may underlie differential utilization of elective surgery. Am J Med. 1997;102:524-530. doi:10.1016/s0002-9343(97)00050-8
- Kostamo T, Bourne RB, Whittaker JP, et al. No difference in gender-specific hip replacement outcomes. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2009;467:135-140. doi:10.1007/s11999-008-0466-2
- Papagelopoulos PJ, Idusuyi OB, Wallrichs SL, et al. Long term outcome and survivorship analysis of primary total knee arthroplasty in patients with diabetes mellitus. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 1996;(330):124-132. doi:10.1097/00003086-199609000-00015
- Fitzgerald RH Jr, Nolan DR, Ilstrup DM, et al. Deep wound sepsis following total hip arthroplasty. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1977;59:847-855.
- Blom AW, Brown J, Taylor AH, et al. Infection after total knee arthroplasty. J Bone Joint Surg Br. 2004;86:688-691. doi:10.1302/0301-620x.86b5.14887
- Jain NB, Guller U, Pietrobon R, et al. Comorbidities increase complication rates in patients having arthroplasty. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2005;435:232-238. doi:10.1097/01.blo.0000156479.97488.a2
- Docter S, Philpott HT, Godkin L, et al. Comparison of intra and post-operative complication rates among surgical approaches in Total Hip Arthroplasty: A systematic review and meta-analysis. J Orthop. 2020;20:310-325. doi:10.1016/j.jor.2020.05.008
- Huebschmann NA, Lawrence KW, Robin JX, et al. Does surgical approach affect dislocation rate after total hip arthroplasty in patients who have prior lumbar spinal fusion? A retrospective analysis of 16,223 cases. J Arthroplasty. 2024;39:S306-S313. doi:10.1016/j.arth.2024.03.068
- Sloan M, Premkumar A, Sheth NP. Projected volume of primary total joint arthroplasty in the U.S., 2014 to 2030. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2018;100:1455-1460. doi:10.2106/JBJS.17.01617
- Bozic KJ, Kurtz SM, Lau E, et al. The epidemiology of revision total hip arthroplasty in the United States. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2009;91:128-133. doi:10.2106/JBJS.H.00155
- Kurtz SM, Ong KL, Schmier J, et al. Future clinical and economic impact of revision total hip and knee arthroplasty. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2007;89:144-151. doi:10.2106/JBJS.G.00587
- Kurtz SM, Ong KL, Schmier J, et al. Primary and revision arthroplasty surgery caseloads in the United States from 1990 to 2004. J Arthroplasty. 2009;24:195-203. doi:10.1016/j.arth.2007.11.015
- Yamato Y, Furuhashi H, Hasegawa T, et al. Simulation of implant impingement after spinal corrective fusion surgery in patients with previous total hip arthroplasty: a retrospective case series. Spine (Phila Pa 1976). 2021;46:512-519. doi:10.1097/BRS.0000000000003836
- Mudrick CA, Melvin JS, Springer BD. Late posterior hip instability after lumbar spinopelvic fusion. Arthroplast Today. 2015;1:25-29. doi:10.1016/j.artd.2015.05.002
- Diebo BG, Beyer GA, Grieco PW, et al. Complications in patients undergoing spinal fusion after THA. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2018;476:412-417.doi:10.1007/s11999.0000000000000009 8.
- Sing DC, Barry JJ, Aguilar TU, et al. Prior lumbar spinal arthrodesis increases risk of prosthetic-related complication in total hip arthroplasty. J Arthroplasty. 2016;31:227-232.e1. doi:10.1016/j.arth.2016.02.069
- King CA, Landy DC, Martell JM, et al. Time to dislocation analysis of lumbar spine fusion following total hip arthroplasty: breaking up a happy home. J Arthroplasty. 2018;33:3768-3772. doi:10.1016/j.arth.2018.08.029
- Buckland AJ, Puvanesarajah V, Vigdorchik J, et al. Dislocation of a primary total hip arthroplasty is more common in patients with a lumbar spinal fusion. Bone Joint J. 2017;99-B:585-591.doi:10.1302/0301-620X.99B5.BJJ-2016-0657.R1
- Pirruccio K, Premkumar A, Sheth NP. The burden of prosthetic hip dislocations in the United States is projected to significantly increase by 2035. Hip Int. 2021;31:714-721. doi:10.1177/1120700020923619
- Salib CG, Reina N, Perry KI, et al. Lumbar fusion involving the sacrum increases dislocation risk in primary total hip arthroplasty. Bone Joint J. 2019;101-B:198-206. doi:10.1302/0301-620X.101B2.BJJ-2018-0754.R1
- An VVG, Phan K, Sivakumar BS, et al. Prior lumbar spinal fusion is associated with an increased risk of dislocation and revision in total hip arthroplasty: a meta-analysis. J Arthroplasty. 2018;33:297-300. doi:10.1016/j.arth.2017.08.040
- Klemt C, Padmanabha A, Tirumala V, et al. Lumbar spine fusion before revision total hip arthroplasty is associated with increased dislocation rates. J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 2021;29:e860-e868. doi:10.5435/JAAOS-D-20-00824
- Gausden EB, Parhar HS, Popper JE, et al. Risk factors for early dislocation following primary elective total hip arthroplasty. J Arthroplasty. 2018;33:1567-1571. doi:10.1016/j.arth.2017.12.034
- Malkani AL, Himschoot KJ, Ong KL, et al. Does timing of primary total hip arthroplasty prior to or after lumbar spine fusion have an effect on dislocation and revision rates?. J Arthroplasty. 2019;34:907-911. doi:10.1016/j.arth.2019.01.009
- Parilla FW, Shah RR, Gordon AC, et al. Does it matter: total hip arthroplasty or lumbar spinal fusion first? Preoperative sagittal spinopelvic measurements guide patient-specific surgical strategies in patients requiring both. J Arthroplasty. 2019;34:2652-2662. doi:10.1016/j.arth.2019.05.053
- Chalmers BP, Syku M, Sculco TP, et al. Dual-mobility constructs in primary total hip arthroplasty in high-risk patients with spinal fusions: our institutional experience. Arthroplast Today. 2020;6:749-754. doi:10.1016/j.artd.2020.07.024
- Nessler JM, Malkani AL, Sachdeva S, et al. Use of dual mobility cups in patients undergoing primary total hip arthroplasty with prior lumbar spine fusion. Int Orthop. 2020;44:857-862. doi:10.1007/s00264-020-04507-y
- Nessler JM, Malkani AL, Yep PJ, et al. Dislocation rates of primary total hip arthroplasty in patients with prior lumbar spine fusion and lumbar degenerative disk disease with and without utilization of dual mobility cups: an American Joint Replacement Registry study. J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 2023;31:e271-e277. doi:10.5435/JAAOS-D-22-00767
- Phan D, Bederman SS, Schwarzkopf R. The influence of sagittal spinal deformity on anteversion of the acetabular component in total hip arthroplasty. Bone Joint J. 2015;97-B:1017-1023. doi:10.1302/0301-620X.97B8.35700
- Agha Z, Lofgren RP, VanRuiswyk JV, et al. Are patients at Veterans Affairs medical centers sicker? A comparative analysis of health status and medical resource use. Arch Intern Med. 2000;160:3252-3257. doi:10.1001/archinte.160.21.325223.
- Basques BA, Bell JA, Fillingham YA, et al. Gender differences for hip and knee arthroplasty: complications and healthcare utilization. J Arthroplasty. 2019;34:1593-1597.e1. doi:10.1016/j.arth.2019.03.064
- Kim YH, Choi Y, Kim JS. Influence of patient-, design-, and surgery-related factors on rate of dislocation after primary cementless total hip arthroplasty. J Arthroplasty. 2009;24:1258-1263. doi:10.1016/j.arth.2009.03.017
- Chen A, Paxton L, Zheng X, et al. Association of sex with risk of 2-year revision among patients undergoing total hip arthroplasty. JAMA Netw Open. 2021;4:e2110687. doi:10.1001/jamanetworkopen.2021.10687
- Inacio MCS, Ake CF, Paxton EW, et al. Sex and risk of hip implant failure: assessing total hip arthroplasty outcomes in the United States. JAMA Intern Med. 2013;173:435-441. doi:10.1001/jamainternmed.2013.3271
- Karlson EW, Daltroy LH, Liang MH, et al. Gender differences in patient preferences may underlie differential utilization of elective surgery. Am J Med. 1997;102:524-530. doi:10.1016/s0002-9343(97)00050-8
- Kostamo T, Bourne RB, Whittaker JP, et al. No difference in gender-specific hip replacement outcomes. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2009;467:135-140. doi:10.1007/s11999-008-0466-2
- Papagelopoulos PJ, Idusuyi OB, Wallrichs SL, et al. Long term outcome and survivorship analysis of primary total knee arthroplasty in patients with diabetes mellitus. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 1996;(330):124-132. doi:10.1097/00003086-199609000-00015
- Fitzgerald RH Jr, Nolan DR, Ilstrup DM, et al. Deep wound sepsis following total hip arthroplasty. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1977;59:847-855.
- Blom AW, Brown J, Taylor AH, et al. Infection after total knee arthroplasty. J Bone Joint Surg Br. 2004;86:688-691. doi:10.1302/0301-620x.86b5.14887
- Jain NB, Guller U, Pietrobon R, et al. Comorbidities increase complication rates in patients having arthroplasty. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2005;435:232-238. doi:10.1097/01.blo.0000156479.97488.a2
- Docter S, Philpott HT, Godkin L, et al. Comparison of intra and post-operative complication rates among surgical approaches in Total Hip Arthroplasty: A systematic review and meta-analysis. J Orthop. 2020;20:310-325. doi:10.1016/j.jor.2020.05.008
- Huebschmann NA, Lawrence KW, Robin JX, et al. Does surgical approach affect dislocation rate after total hip arthroplasty in patients who have prior lumbar spinal fusion? A retrospective analysis of 16,223 cases. J Arthroplasty. 2024;39:S306-S313. doi:10.1016/j.arth.2024.03.068
Effects of Lumbar Fusion and Dual-Mobility Liners on Dislocation Rates Following Total Hip Arthroplasty in a Veteran Population
Effects of Lumbar Fusion and Dual-Mobility Liners on Dislocation Rates Following Total Hip Arthroplasty in a Veteran Population
Evaluation of Pharmacist-Driven Inhaled Corticosteroid De-escalation in Veterans
Evaluation of Pharmacist-Driven Inhaled Corticosteroid De-escalation in Veterans
Systemic glucocorticoids play an important role in the treatment of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) exacerbations. They are recommended to shorten recovery time and increase forced expiratory volume in 1 second (FEV1) during exacerbations.1 However, the role of the chronic use of inhaled corticosteroids (ICSs) in the treatment of COPD is less clear.
When added to inhaled β-2 agonists and muscarinic antagonists, ICSs can decrease the risk of exacerbations.1 However, not all patients with COPD benefit from ICS therapy. The degree of benefit an ICS can provide has been shown to correlate with eosinophil count—a marker of inflammation. The expected benefit of using an ICS increases as the eosinophil count increases.1 Maximum benefit can be observed with eosinophil counts ≥ 300 cells/µL, and minimal benefit is observed with eosinophil counts < 100 cells/µL. Adverse effects (AEs) of ICSs include a hoarse voice, oral candidiasis, and an increased risk of pneumonia.1 Given the risk of AEs, it is important to limit ICS use in patients who are unlikely to reap any benefits.
The Global Initiative for Chronic Obstructive Lung Disease (GOLD) guidelines suggest the use of ICSs in patients who experience exacerbations while using long-acting β agonist (LABA) plus long-acting muscarinic antagonist (LAMA) therapy and have an eosinophil count ≥ 100 cells/µL. Switching from LABA or LAMA monotherapy to triple therapy with LAMA/LABA/ICS may be considered if patients have continued exacerbations and an eosinophil count ≥ 300 cells/µL. De-escalation of ICS therapy should be considered if patients do not meet these criteria or if patients experience ICS AEs, such as pneumonia. The patients most likely to have increased exacerbations or decreased FEV1 with ICS withdrawal are those with eosinophil counts ≥ 300 cells/µL.1,2
Several studies have explored the effects of ICS de-escalation in real-world clinical settings. A systematic review of 11 studies indicated that de-escalation of ICS in COPD does not result in increased exacerbations.3 A prospective study by Rossi et al found that in a 6-month period, 141 of 482 patients on ICS therapy (29%) had an exacerbation. In the opposing arm of the study, 88 of 334 patients (26%) with deprescribed ICS experienced an exacerbation. The difference between these 2 groups was not statistically significant.4 The researchers concluded that in real-world practice, ICS withdrawal can be safe in patients at low risk of exacerbation.
About 25% of veterans (1.25 million) have been diagnosed with COPD.5 To address this, the US Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) and US Department of Defense published updated COPD guidelines in 2021 that specify criteria for de-escalation of ICS.6 Guidelines, however, may not be reflected in common clinical practice for several years following publication. The VA Academic Detailing Service (ADS) provides tools to help clinicians identify patients who may benefit from changes in treatment plans. A recent ADS focus was the implementation of a COPD dashboard, which identifies patients with COPD who are candidates for ICS de-escalation based on comorbid diagnoses, exacerbation history, and eosinophil count. VA pharmacists have an expanded role in the management of primary care disease states and are therefore well-positioned to increase adherence to guideline-directed therapy. The objective of this quality improvement project was to determine the impact of pharmacist-driven de-escalation on ICS usage in veterans with COPD.
Methods
This project was conducted in an outpatient clinic at the Robley Rex VA Medical Center beginning September 21, 2023, with a progress note in the Computerized Patient Record System (CPRS). Eligible patients were selected using the COPD Dashboard provided by ADS. The COPD Dashboard defined patients with COPD as those with ≥ 2 outpatient COPD diagnoses in the past 2 years, 1 inpatient discharge COPD diagnosis in the past year, or COPD listed as an active problem. COPD diagnoses were identified using International Statistical Classification of Disease, Tenth Revision (ICD-10) codes
Candidates identified for ICS de-escalation by the dashboard were excluded if they had a history of COPD exacerbation in the previous 2 years. The dashboard identified COPD exacerbations via ICD-10 codes for COPD or acute respiratory failure for inpatient discharges, emergency department (ED) visits, urgent care visits, and community care consults with 1 of the following terms: emergency, inpatient, hospital, urgent, ED (self). The COPD dashboard excluded patients with a diagnosis of asthma.
After patients were selected, they were screened for additional exclusion criteria. Patients were excluded if a pulmonary care practitioner managed their COPD; if identified via an active pulmonary consult in CPRS; if a non-VA clinician prescribed their ICS; or if they were being treated with roflumilast, theophylline, or chronic azithromycin. Individuals taking these 3 drugs were excluded due to potential severe and/or refractory COPD. Patients also were excluded if they: (1) had prior ICS de-escalation failure (defined as a COPD exacerbation following ICS de-escalation that resulted in ICS resumption); (2) had a COPD exacerbation requiring systemic corticosteroids or antibiotics in the previous year; (3) had active lung cancer; (4) did not have any eosinophil levels in CPRS within the previous 2 years; or (5) had any eosinophil levels ≥ 300 cells/µL in the previous year.
Each patient who met the inclusion criteria and was not excluded received a focused medication review by a pharmacist who created a templated progress note, with patient-specific recommendations, that was entered in the CPRS (eAppendix). The recommendations were also attached as an addendum to the patient’s last primary care visit note, and the primary care practitioner (PCP) was alerted via CPRS to consider ICS de-escalation and non-ICS alternatives. Tapering of ICS therapy was offered as an option to de-escalate if abrupt discontinuation was deemed inappropriate. PCPs were also prompted to consider referral to a primary care clinical pharmacy specialist for management and follow-up of ICS de-escalation.
The primary outcome was the number of patients with de-escalated ICS at 3 and 6 months following the recommendation. Secondary outcomes included the number of: patients who were no longer prescribed an ICS or who had a non-ICS alternative initiated at a pharmacist’s recommendation; patients who were referred to a primary care clinical pharmacy specialist for ICS de-escalation; COPD exacerbations requiring systemic steroids or antibiotics, or requiring an ED visit, inpatient admission, or urgent-care clinic visit; and cases of pneumonia or oral candidiasis. Primary and secondary outcomes were evaluated via chart review in CPRS. For secondary outcomes of pneumonia and COPD exacerbation, identification was made by documented diagnosis in CPRS. For continuous data such as age, the mean was calculated.
Results
Pharmacist ICS de-escalation recommendations were made between September 21, 2023, and November 19, 2023, for 106 patients. The mean age was 72 years and 99 (93%) patients were male (Table 1). Forty-one (39%) of the patients used tobacco at the time of the study. FEV1 was available for 69 patients with a mean of 63% (GOLD grade 2).1 Based on FEV1 values, 16 patients had mild COPD (GOLD grade 1), 37 patients had moderate COPD (GOLD grade 2), 14 patients had severe COPD (GOLD grade 3), and 2 patients had very severe COPD (GOLD grade 4).1 Thirty-four patients received LABA + LAMA + ICS, 65 received LABA + ICS, 2 received LAMA + ICS, and 5 received ICS monotherapy. The most common dose of ICS was a moderate dose (Table 2). Only 2 patients had an ICS AE in the previous year.


ICS de-escalation recommendations resulted in ICS de-escalation in 50 (47.2%) and 62 (58.5%) patients at 3 and 6 months, respectively. The 6-month ICS de-escalation rate by ICS dose at baseline was 72.2% (high dose), 60.0% (moderate), and 30.8% (low). De-escalation at 6 months by GOLD grade at baseline was 56.3% (9 of 16 patients, GOLD 1), 64.9% (24 of 37 patients, GOLD 2), 50% (7 of 14 patients, GOLD 3), and 50% (1 of 2 patients, GOLD 4). Six months after the ICS de-escalation recommendation appeared in the CPRS, the percentage of patients on LABA + ICS therapy dropped from 65 patients (61.3%) at baseline to 25 patients (23.6%).
Secondary outcomes were assessed at 3 and 6 months following the recommendation. Most patients with de-escalated ICS had their ICS discontinued and a non-ICS alternative initiated per pharmacist recommendations. At 6 months, 39 patients (36.8%) patients were referred to a patient aligned care team (PACT) pharmacist for de-escalation. Of the 39 patients referred to pharmacists, 69.2% (27 patients) were de-escalated; this compared to 52.2% (35 patients) who were not referred to pharmacists (Table 3).

ICS use increases the risk of pneumonia.1 At 6 months, 11 patients were diagnosed with pneumonia; 3 patients were diagnosed with pneumonia twice, resulting in a total of 14 cases. Ten cases occurred while patients were on ICS and 4 cases occurred following ICS de-escalation. One patient had a documented case of oral candidiasis that occurred while on ICS therapy; no patients with discontinued ICS were diagnosed with oral candidiasis. In addition, 10 patients had COPD exacerbations; however no patients had exacerbations both before and after de-escalation. Six patients were on ICS therapy when they experienced an exacerbation, and 4 patients had an exacerbation after ICS de-escalation.
Discussion
More than half of patients receiving the pharmacist intervention achieved the primary outcome of ICS de-escalation at 6 months. Furthermore, a larger percentage of patients referred to pharmacists for the management of ICS de-escalation successfully achieved de-escalation compared to those who were not referred. These outcomes reflect the important role pharmacists can play in identifying appropriate candidates for ICS de-escalation and assisting in the management of ICS de-escalation. Patients referred to pharmacists also received other services such as smoking cessation pharmacotherapy and counseling on inhaler technique and adherence. These interventions can support improved COPD clinical outcomes.
The purpose of de-escalating ICS therapy is to reduce the risk of AEs such as pneumonia and oral candidiasis.1 The secondary outcomes of this study support previous evidence that patients who have de-escalated ICS therapy may have reduced risk of AEs compared to those who remain on ICS therapy.3 Specifically, of the 14 cases of pneumonia that occurred during the study, 10 cases occurred while patients were on ICS and 4 cases occurred following ICS de-escalation.
ICS de-escalation may increase risk of increased COPD exacerbations.1 However, the secondary outcomes of this study do not indicate that those with de-escalated ICS had more COPD exacerbations compared to those who continued on ICS. Pharmacists’ recommendations were more effective for patients with less severe COPD based on baseline FEV1.
The previous GOLD Guidelines for COPD suggested LABA + ICS therapy as an option for patients with a high symptom and exacerbation burden (previously known as GOLD Group D). Guidelines no longer recommend LABA + ICS therapy due to the superiority of triple inhaled therapy for exacerbations and the superiority of LAMA + LABA therapy for dyspnea.7 A majority of identified patients in this project were on LABA + ICS therapy alone at baseline. The ICS de-escalation recommendation resulted in a 61.5% reduction in patients on LABA + ICS therapy at 6 months. By decreasing the number of patients on LABA + ICS without LAMA, recommendations increased the number of patients on guideline-directed therapy.
Limitations
This study lacked a control group, and the rate of ICS de-escalation in patients who did not receive a pharmacist recommendation was not assessed. Therefore, it could not be determined whether the pharmacist recommendation is more effective than no recommendation. Another limitation was our inability to access records from non-VA health care facilities. This may have resulted in missed COPD exacerbations, pneumonia, and oral candidiasis prior to or following the pharmacist recommendation.
In addition, the method used to notify PCPs of the pharmacist recommendation was a CPRS alert. Clinicians often receive multiple daily alerts and may not always pay close attention to them due to alert fatigue. Early in the study, some PCPs were unknowingly omitted from the alert of the pharmacist recommendation for 10 patients due to human error. For 8 of these 10 patients, the PCP was notified of the recommendations during the 3-month follow-up period. However, 2 patients had COPD exacerbations during the 3-month follow-up period. In these cases, the PCP was not alerted to de-escalate ICS. The data for these patients were collected at 3 and 6 months in the same manner as all other patients. Also, 7 of 35 patients who were referred to a pharmacist for ICS de-escalation did not have a scheduled appointment. These patients were considered to be lost to follow-up and this may have resulted in an underestimation of the ability of pharmacists to successfully de-escalate ICS in patients with COPD.
Other studies have evaluated the efficacy of a pharmacy-driven ICS de-escalation.8,9 Hegland et al reported ICS de-escalation for 22% of 141 eligible ambulatory patients with COPD on triple inhaled therapy following pharmacist appointments.8 A study by Hahn et al resulted in 63.8% of 58 patients with COPD being maintained off ICS following a pharmacist de-escalation initiative.9 However, these studies relied upon more time-consuming de-escalation interventions, including at least 1 phone, video, or in-person patient visit.8,9
This project used a single chart review and templated progress note to recommend ICS de-escalation and achieved similar or improved de-escalation rates compared to previous studies.8,9 Previous studies were conducted prior to the updated 2023 GOLD guidelines for COPD which no longer recommend LABA + ICS therapy. This project addressed ICS de-escalation in patients on LABA + ICS therapy in addition to those on triple inhaled therapy. Additionally, previous studies did not address rates of moderate to severe COPD exacerbation and adverse events to ICS following the pharmacist intervention.8,9
This study included COPD exacerbations and cases of pneumonia or oral candidiasis as secondary outcomes to assess the safety and efficacy of the ICS de-escalation. It appeared there were similar or lower rates of COPD exacerbations, pneumonia, and oral candidiasis in those with de-escalated ICS therapy in this study. However, these secondary outcomes are exploratory and would need to be confirmed by larger studies powered to address these outcomes.
CONCLUSIONS
Pharmacist-driven ICS de-escalation may be an effective method for reducing ICS usage in veterans as seen in this study. Additional controlled studies are required to evaluate the efficacy and safety of pharmacist-driven ICS de-escalation.

- Global Initiative for Chronic Obstructive Lung Disease (GOLD). Global Strategy for the Diagnosis, Management, and Prevention of Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (2024 Report). Accessed October 14, 2025. https://goldcopd.org/2024-gold-report/
- Global Initiative for Chronic Obstructive Lung Disease (GOLD). Global Strategy for the Diagnosis, Management, and Prevention of Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (2025 Report). Accessed November 14, 2025. https://goldcopd.org/2025-gold-report/
- Rogliani P, Ritondo BL, Gabriele M, et al. Optimizing de-escalation of inhaled corticosteroids in COPD: a systematic review of real-world findings. Expert Rev Clin Pharmacol. 2020;13(9):977-990. doi:10.1080/17512433.2020.1817739
- Rossi A, Guerriero M, Corrado A; OPTIMO/AIPO Study Group. Withdrawal of inhaled corticosteroids can be safe in COPD patients at low risk of exacerbation: a real-life study on the appropriateness of treatment in moderate COPD patients (OPTIMO). Respir Res. 2014;15(1):77. doi:10.1186/1465-9921-15-77
- Anderson E, Wiener RS, Resnick K, et al. Care coordination for veterans with COPD: a positive deviance study. Am J Manag Care. 2020;26(2):63-68. doi:10.37765/ajmc.2020.42394
- US Department of Veterans Affairs, US Department of Defense. VA/DoD Clinical Practice Guideline for the Management of Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease. 2021. Accessed October 14, 2025. https://www.healthquality.va.gov/guidelines/CD/copd/
- Global Initiative for Chronic Obstructive Lung Disease (GOLD). Global Strategy for the Diagnosis, Management, and Prevention of Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (2023 Report). Accessed October 14, 2025. https://goldcopd.org/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/GOLD-2023-ver-1.3-17Feb2023_WMV.pdf
- Hegland AJ, Bolduc J, Jones L, Kunisaki KM, Melzer AC. Pharmacist-driven deprescribing of inhaled corticosteroids in patients with stable chronic obstructive pulmonary disease. Ann Am Thorac Soc. 2021;18(4):730-733. doi:10.1513/AnnalsATS.202007-871RL
- Hahn NM, Nagy MW. Implementation of a targeted inhaled corticosteroid de-escalation process in patients with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease in the primary care setting. Innov Pharm. 2022;13(1):10.24926/iip.v13i1.4349. doi:10.24926/iip.v13i1.4349
Systemic glucocorticoids play an important role in the treatment of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) exacerbations. They are recommended to shorten recovery time and increase forced expiratory volume in 1 second (FEV1) during exacerbations.1 However, the role of the chronic use of inhaled corticosteroids (ICSs) in the treatment of COPD is less clear.
When added to inhaled β-2 agonists and muscarinic antagonists, ICSs can decrease the risk of exacerbations.1 However, not all patients with COPD benefit from ICS therapy. The degree of benefit an ICS can provide has been shown to correlate with eosinophil count—a marker of inflammation. The expected benefit of using an ICS increases as the eosinophil count increases.1 Maximum benefit can be observed with eosinophil counts ≥ 300 cells/µL, and minimal benefit is observed with eosinophil counts < 100 cells/µL. Adverse effects (AEs) of ICSs include a hoarse voice, oral candidiasis, and an increased risk of pneumonia.1 Given the risk of AEs, it is important to limit ICS use in patients who are unlikely to reap any benefits.
The Global Initiative for Chronic Obstructive Lung Disease (GOLD) guidelines suggest the use of ICSs in patients who experience exacerbations while using long-acting β agonist (LABA) plus long-acting muscarinic antagonist (LAMA) therapy and have an eosinophil count ≥ 100 cells/µL. Switching from LABA or LAMA monotherapy to triple therapy with LAMA/LABA/ICS may be considered if patients have continued exacerbations and an eosinophil count ≥ 300 cells/µL. De-escalation of ICS therapy should be considered if patients do not meet these criteria or if patients experience ICS AEs, such as pneumonia. The patients most likely to have increased exacerbations or decreased FEV1 with ICS withdrawal are those with eosinophil counts ≥ 300 cells/µL.1,2
Several studies have explored the effects of ICS de-escalation in real-world clinical settings. A systematic review of 11 studies indicated that de-escalation of ICS in COPD does not result in increased exacerbations.3 A prospective study by Rossi et al found that in a 6-month period, 141 of 482 patients on ICS therapy (29%) had an exacerbation. In the opposing arm of the study, 88 of 334 patients (26%) with deprescribed ICS experienced an exacerbation. The difference between these 2 groups was not statistically significant.4 The researchers concluded that in real-world practice, ICS withdrawal can be safe in patients at low risk of exacerbation.
About 25% of veterans (1.25 million) have been diagnosed with COPD.5 To address this, the US Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) and US Department of Defense published updated COPD guidelines in 2021 that specify criteria for de-escalation of ICS.6 Guidelines, however, may not be reflected in common clinical practice for several years following publication. The VA Academic Detailing Service (ADS) provides tools to help clinicians identify patients who may benefit from changes in treatment plans. A recent ADS focus was the implementation of a COPD dashboard, which identifies patients with COPD who are candidates for ICS de-escalation based on comorbid diagnoses, exacerbation history, and eosinophil count. VA pharmacists have an expanded role in the management of primary care disease states and are therefore well-positioned to increase adherence to guideline-directed therapy. The objective of this quality improvement project was to determine the impact of pharmacist-driven de-escalation on ICS usage in veterans with COPD.
Methods
This project was conducted in an outpatient clinic at the Robley Rex VA Medical Center beginning September 21, 2023, with a progress note in the Computerized Patient Record System (CPRS). Eligible patients were selected using the COPD Dashboard provided by ADS. The COPD Dashboard defined patients with COPD as those with ≥ 2 outpatient COPD diagnoses in the past 2 years, 1 inpatient discharge COPD diagnosis in the past year, or COPD listed as an active problem. COPD diagnoses were identified using International Statistical Classification of Disease, Tenth Revision (ICD-10) codes
Candidates identified for ICS de-escalation by the dashboard were excluded if they had a history of COPD exacerbation in the previous 2 years. The dashboard identified COPD exacerbations via ICD-10 codes for COPD or acute respiratory failure for inpatient discharges, emergency department (ED) visits, urgent care visits, and community care consults with 1 of the following terms: emergency, inpatient, hospital, urgent, ED (self). The COPD dashboard excluded patients with a diagnosis of asthma.
After patients were selected, they were screened for additional exclusion criteria. Patients were excluded if a pulmonary care practitioner managed their COPD; if identified via an active pulmonary consult in CPRS; if a non-VA clinician prescribed their ICS; or if they were being treated with roflumilast, theophylline, or chronic azithromycin. Individuals taking these 3 drugs were excluded due to potential severe and/or refractory COPD. Patients also were excluded if they: (1) had prior ICS de-escalation failure (defined as a COPD exacerbation following ICS de-escalation that resulted in ICS resumption); (2) had a COPD exacerbation requiring systemic corticosteroids or antibiotics in the previous year; (3) had active lung cancer; (4) did not have any eosinophil levels in CPRS within the previous 2 years; or (5) had any eosinophil levels ≥ 300 cells/µL in the previous year.
Each patient who met the inclusion criteria and was not excluded received a focused medication review by a pharmacist who created a templated progress note, with patient-specific recommendations, that was entered in the CPRS (eAppendix). The recommendations were also attached as an addendum to the patient’s last primary care visit note, and the primary care practitioner (PCP) was alerted via CPRS to consider ICS de-escalation and non-ICS alternatives. Tapering of ICS therapy was offered as an option to de-escalate if abrupt discontinuation was deemed inappropriate. PCPs were also prompted to consider referral to a primary care clinical pharmacy specialist for management and follow-up of ICS de-escalation.
The primary outcome was the number of patients with de-escalated ICS at 3 and 6 months following the recommendation. Secondary outcomes included the number of: patients who were no longer prescribed an ICS or who had a non-ICS alternative initiated at a pharmacist’s recommendation; patients who were referred to a primary care clinical pharmacy specialist for ICS de-escalation; COPD exacerbations requiring systemic steroids or antibiotics, or requiring an ED visit, inpatient admission, or urgent-care clinic visit; and cases of pneumonia or oral candidiasis. Primary and secondary outcomes were evaluated via chart review in CPRS. For secondary outcomes of pneumonia and COPD exacerbation, identification was made by documented diagnosis in CPRS. For continuous data such as age, the mean was calculated.
Results
Pharmacist ICS de-escalation recommendations were made between September 21, 2023, and November 19, 2023, for 106 patients. The mean age was 72 years and 99 (93%) patients were male (Table 1). Forty-one (39%) of the patients used tobacco at the time of the study. FEV1 was available for 69 patients with a mean of 63% (GOLD grade 2).1 Based on FEV1 values, 16 patients had mild COPD (GOLD grade 1), 37 patients had moderate COPD (GOLD grade 2), 14 patients had severe COPD (GOLD grade 3), and 2 patients had very severe COPD (GOLD grade 4).1 Thirty-four patients received LABA + LAMA + ICS, 65 received LABA + ICS, 2 received LAMA + ICS, and 5 received ICS monotherapy. The most common dose of ICS was a moderate dose (Table 2). Only 2 patients had an ICS AE in the previous year.


ICS de-escalation recommendations resulted in ICS de-escalation in 50 (47.2%) and 62 (58.5%) patients at 3 and 6 months, respectively. The 6-month ICS de-escalation rate by ICS dose at baseline was 72.2% (high dose), 60.0% (moderate), and 30.8% (low). De-escalation at 6 months by GOLD grade at baseline was 56.3% (9 of 16 patients, GOLD 1), 64.9% (24 of 37 patients, GOLD 2), 50% (7 of 14 patients, GOLD 3), and 50% (1 of 2 patients, GOLD 4). Six months after the ICS de-escalation recommendation appeared in the CPRS, the percentage of patients on LABA + ICS therapy dropped from 65 patients (61.3%) at baseline to 25 patients (23.6%).
Secondary outcomes were assessed at 3 and 6 months following the recommendation. Most patients with de-escalated ICS had their ICS discontinued and a non-ICS alternative initiated per pharmacist recommendations. At 6 months, 39 patients (36.8%) patients were referred to a patient aligned care team (PACT) pharmacist for de-escalation. Of the 39 patients referred to pharmacists, 69.2% (27 patients) were de-escalated; this compared to 52.2% (35 patients) who were not referred to pharmacists (Table 3).

ICS use increases the risk of pneumonia.1 At 6 months, 11 patients were diagnosed with pneumonia; 3 patients were diagnosed with pneumonia twice, resulting in a total of 14 cases. Ten cases occurred while patients were on ICS and 4 cases occurred following ICS de-escalation. One patient had a documented case of oral candidiasis that occurred while on ICS therapy; no patients with discontinued ICS were diagnosed with oral candidiasis. In addition, 10 patients had COPD exacerbations; however no patients had exacerbations both before and after de-escalation. Six patients were on ICS therapy when they experienced an exacerbation, and 4 patients had an exacerbation after ICS de-escalation.
Discussion
More than half of patients receiving the pharmacist intervention achieved the primary outcome of ICS de-escalation at 6 months. Furthermore, a larger percentage of patients referred to pharmacists for the management of ICS de-escalation successfully achieved de-escalation compared to those who were not referred. These outcomes reflect the important role pharmacists can play in identifying appropriate candidates for ICS de-escalation and assisting in the management of ICS de-escalation. Patients referred to pharmacists also received other services such as smoking cessation pharmacotherapy and counseling on inhaler technique and adherence. These interventions can support improved COPD clinical outcomes.
The purpose of de-escalating ICS therapy is to reduce the risk of AEs such as pneumonia and oral candidiasis.1 The secondary outcomes of this study support previous evidence that patients who have de-escalated ICS therapy may have reduced risk of AEs compared to those who remain on ICS therapy.3 Specifically, of the 14 cases of pneumonia that occurred during the study, 10 cases occurred while patients were on ICS and 4 cases occurred following ICS de-escalation.
ICS de-escalation may increase risk of increased COPD exacerbations.1 However, the secondary outcomes of this study do not indicate that those with de-escalated ICS had more COPD exacerbations compared to those who continued on ICS. Pharmacists’ recommendations were more effective for patients with less severe COPD based on baseline FEV1.
The previous GOLD Guidelines for COPD suggested LABA + ICS therapy as an option for patients with a high symptom and exacerbation burden (previously known as GOLD Group D). Guidelines no longer recommend LABA + ICS therapy due to the superiority of triple inhaled therapy for exacerbations and the superiority of LAMA + LABA therapy for dyspnea.7 A majority of identified patients in this project were on LABA + ICS therapy alone at baseline. The ICS de-escalation recommendation resulted in a 61.5% reduction in patients on LABA + ICS therapy at 6 months. By decreasing the number of patients on LABA + ICS without LAMA, recommendations increased the number of patients on guideline-directed therapy.
Limitations
This study lacked a control group, and the rate of ICS de-escalation in patients who did not receive a pharmacist recommendation was not assessed. Therefore, it could not be determined whether the pharmacist recommendation is more effective than no recommendation. Another limitation was our inability to access records from non-VA health care facilities. This may have resulted in missed COPD exacerbations, pneumonia, and oral candidiasis prior to or following the pharmacist recommendation.
In addition, the method used to notify PCPs of the pharmacist recommendation was a CPRS alert. Clinicians often receive multiple daily alerts and may not always pay close attention to them due to alert fatigue. Early in the study, some PCPs were unknowingly omitted from the alert of the pharmacist recommendation for 10 patients due to human error. For 8 of these 10 patients, the PCP was notified of the recommendations during the 3-month follow-up period. However, 2 patients had COPD exacerbations during the 3-month follow-up period. In these cases, the PCP was not alerted to de-escalate ICS. The data for these patients were collected at 3 and 6 months in the same manner as all other patients. Also, 7 of 35 patients who were referred to a pharmacist for ICS de-escalation did not have a scheduled appointment. These patients were considered to be lost to follow-up and this may have resulted in an underestimation of the ability of pharmacists to successfully de-escalate ICS in patients with COPD.
Other studies have evaluated the efficacy of a pharmacy-driven ICS de-escalation.8,9 Hegland et al reported ICS de-escalation for 22% of 141 eligible ambulatory patients with COPD on triple inhaled therapy following pharmacist appointments.8 A study by Hahn et al resulted in 63.8% of 58 patients with COPD being maintained off ICS following a pharmacist de-escalation initiative.9 However, these studies relied upon more time-consuming de-escalation interventions, including at least 1 phone, video, or in-person patient visit.8,9
This project used a single chart review and templated progress note to recommend ICS de-escalation and achieved similar or improved de-escalation rates compared to previous studies.8,9 Previous studies were conducted prior to the updated 2023 GOLD guidelines for COPD which no longer recommend LABA + ICS therapy. This project addressed ICS de-escalation in patients on LABA + ICS therapy in addition to those on triple inhaled therapy. Additionally, previous studies did not address rates of moderate to severe COPD exacerbation and adverse events to ICS following the pharmacist intervention.8,9
This study included COPD exacerbations and cases of pneumonia or oral candidiasis as secondary outcomes to assess the safety and efficacy of the ICS de-escalation. It appeared there were similar or lower rates of COPD exacerbations, pneumonia, and oral candidiasis in those with de-escalated ICS therapy in this study. However, these secondary outcomes are exploratory and would need to be confirmed by larger studies powered to address these outcomes.
CONCLUSIONS
Pharmacist-driven ICS de-escalation may be an effective method for reducing ICS usage in veterans as seen in this study. Additional controlled studies are required to evaluate the efficacy and safety of pharmacist-driven ICS de-escalation.

Systemic glucocorticoids play an important role in the treatment of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) exacerbations. They are recommended to shorten recovery time and increase forced expiratory volume in 1 second (FEV1) during exacerbations.1 However, the role of the chronic use of inhaled corticosteroids (ICSs) in the treatment of COPD is less clear.
When added to inhaled β-2 agonists and muscarinic antagonists, ICSs can decrease the risk of exacerbations.1 However, not all patients with COPD benefit from ICS therapy. The degree of benefit an ICS can provide has been shown to correlate with eosinophil count—a marker of inflammation. The expected benefit of using an ICS increases as the eosinophil count increases.1 Maximum benefit can be observed with eosinophil counts ≥ 300 cells/µL, and minimal benefit is observed with eosinophil counts < 100 cells/µL. Adverse effects (AEs) of ICSs include a hoarse voice, oral candidiasis, and an increased risk of pneumonia.1 Given the risk of AEs, it is important to limit ICS use in patients who are unlikely to reap any benefits.
The Global Initiative for Chronic Obstructive Lung Disease (GOLD) guidelines suggest the use of ICSs in patients who experience exacerbations while using long-acting β agonist (LABA) plus long-acting muscarinic antagonist (LAMA) therapy and have an eosinophil count ≥ 100 cells/µL. Switching from LABA or LAMA monotherapy to triple therapy with LAMA/LABA/ICS may be considered if patients have continued exacerbations and an eosinophil count ≥ 300 cells/µL. De-escalation of ICS therapy should be considered if patients do not meet these criteria or if patients experience ICS AEs, such as pneumonia. The patients most likely to have increased exacerbations or decreased FEV1 with ICS withdrawal are those with eosinophil counts ≥ 300 cells/µL.1,2
Several studies have explored the effects of ICS de-escalation in real-world clinical settings. A systematic review of 11 studies indicated that de-escalation of ICS in COPD does not result in increased exacerbations.3 A prospective study by Rossi et al found that in a 6-month period, 141 of 482 patients on ICS therapy (29%) had an exacerbation. In the opposing arm of the study, 88 of 334 patients (26%) with deprescribed ICS experienced an exacerbation. The difference between these 2 groups was not statistically significant.4 The researchers concluded that in real-world practice, ICS withdrawal can be safe in patients at low risk of exacerbation.
About 25% of veterans (1.25 million) have been diagnosed with COPD.5 To address this, the US Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) and US Department of Defense published updated COPD guidelines in 2021 that specify criteria for de-escalation of ICS.6 Guidelines, however, may not be reflected in common clinical practice for several years following publication. The VA Academic Detailing Service (ADS) provides tools to help clinicians identify patients who may benefit from changes in treatment plans. A recent ADS focus was the implementation of a COPD dashboard, which identifies patients with COPD who are candidates for ICS de-escalation based on comorbid diagnoses, exacerbation history, and eosinophil count. VA pharmacists have an expanded role in the management of primary care disease states and are therefore well-positioned to increase adherence to guideline-directed therapy. The objective of this quality improvement project was to determine the impact of pharmacist-driven de-escalation on ICS usage in veterans with COPD.
Methods
This project was conducted in an outpatient clinic at the Robley Rex VA Medical Center beginning September 21, 2023, with a progress note in the Computerized Patient Record System (CPRS). Eligible patients were selected using the COPD Dashboard provided by ADS. The COPD Dashboard defined patients with COPD as those with ≥ 2 outpatient COPD diagnoses in the past 2 years, 1 inpatient discharge COPD diagnosis in the past year, or COPD listed as an active problem. COPD diagnoses were identified using International Statistical Classification of Disease, Tenth Revision (ICD-10) codes
Candidates identified for ICS de-escalation by the dashboard were excluded if they had a history of COPD exacerbation in the previous 2 years. The dashboard identified COPD exacerbations via ICD-10 codes for COPD or acute respiratory failure for inpatient discharges, emergency department (ED) visits, urgent care visits, and community care consults with 1 of the following terms: emergency, inpatient, hospital, urgent, ED (self). The COPD dashboard excluded patients with a diagnosis of asthma.
After patients were selected, they were screened for additional exclusion criteria. Patients were excluded if a pulmonary care practitioner managed their COPD; if identified via an active pulmonary consult in CPRS; if a non-VA clinician prescribed their ICS; or if they were being treated with roflumilast, theophylline, or chronic azithromycin. Individuals taking these 3 drugs were excluded due to potential severe and/or refractory COPD. Patients also were excluded if they: (1) had prior ICS de-escalation failure (defined as a COPD exacerbation following ICS de-escalation that resulted in ICS resumption); (2) had a COPD exacerbation requiring systemic corticosteroids or antibiotics in the previous year; (3) had active lung cancer; (4) did not have any eosinophil levels in CPRS within the previous 2 years; or (5) had any eosinophil levels ≥ 300 cells/µL in the previous year.
Each patient who met the inclusion criteria and was not excluded received a focused medication review by a pharmacist who created a templated progress note, with patient-specific recommendations, that was entered in the CPRS (eAppendix). The recommendations were also attached as an addendum to the patient’s last primary care visit note, and the primary care practitioner (PCP) was alerted via CPRS to consider ICS de-escalation and non-ICS alternatives. Tapering of ICS therapy was offered as an option to de-escalate if abrupt discontinuation was deemed inappropriate. PCPs were also prompted to consider referral to a primary care clinical pharmacy specialist for management and follow-up of ICS de-escalation.
The primary outcome was the number of patients with de-escalated ICS at 3 and 6 months following the recommendation. Secondary outcomes included the number of: patients who were no longer prescribed an ICS or who had a non-ICS alternative initiated at a pharmacist’s recommendation; patients who were referred to a primary care clinical pharmacy specialist for ICS de-escalation; COPD exacerbations requiring systemic steroids or antibiotics, or requiring an ED visit, inpatient admission, or urgent-care clinic visit; and cases of pneumonia or oral candidiasis. Primary and secondary outcomes were evaluated via chart review in CPRS. For secondary outcomes of pneumonia and COPD exacerbation, identification was made by documented diagnosis in CPRS. For continuous data such as age, the mean was calculated.
Results
Pharmacist ICS de-escalation recommendations were made between September 21, 2023, and November 19, 2023, for 106 patients. The mean age was 72 years and 99 (93%) patients were male (Table 1). Forty-one (39%) of the patients used tobacco at the time of the study. FEV1 was available for 69 patients with a mean of 63% (GOLD grade 2).1 Based on FEV1 values, 16 patients had mild COPD (GOLD grade 1), 37 patients had moderate COPD (GOLD grade 2), 14 patients had severe COPD (GOLD grade 3), and 2 patients had very severe COPD (GOLD grade 4).1 Thirty-four patients received LABA + LAMA + ICS, 65 received LABA + ICS, 2 received LAMA + ICS, and 5 received ICS monotherapy. The most common dose of ICS was a moderate dose (Table 2). Only 2 patients had an ICS AE in the previous year.


ICS de-escalation recommendations resulted in ICS de-escalation in 50 (47.2%) and 62 (58.5%) patients at 3 and 6 months, respectively. The 6-month ICS de-escalation rate by ICS dose at baseline was 72.2% (high dose), 60.0% (moderate), and 30.8% (low). De-escalation at 6 months by GOLD grade at baseline was 56.3% (9 of 16 patients, GOLD 1), 64.9% (24 of 37 patients, GOLD 2), 50% (7 of 14 patients, GOLD 3), and 50% (1 of 2 patients, GOLD 4). Six months after the ICS de-escalation recommendation appeared in the CPRS, the percentage of patients on LABA + ICS therapy dropped from 65 patients (61.3%) at baseline to 25 patients (23.6%).
Secondary outcomes were assessed at 3 and 6 months following the recommendation. Most patients with de-escalated ICS had their ICS discontinued and a non-ICS alternative initiated per pharmacist recommendations. At 6 months, 39 patients (36.8%) patients were referred to a patient aligned care team (PACT) pharmacist for de-escalation. Of the 39 patients referred to pharmacists, 69.2% (27 patients) were de-escalated; this compared to 52.2% (35 patients) who were not referred to pharmacists (Table 3).

ICS use increases the risk of pneumonia.1 At 6 months, 11 patients were diagnosed with pneumonia; 3 patients were diagnosed with pneumonia twice, resulting in a total of 14 cases. Ten cases occurred while patients were on ICS and 4 cases occurred following ICS de-escalation. One patient had a documented case of oral candidiasis that occurred while on ICS therapy; no patients with discontinued ICS were diagnosed with oral candidiasis. In addition, 10 patients had COPD exacerbations; however no patients had exacerbations both before and after de-escalation. Six patients were on ICS therapy when they experienced an exacerbation, and 4 patients had an exacerbation after ICS de-escalation.
Discussion
More than half of patients receiving the pharmacist intervention achieved the primary outcome of ICS de-escalation at 6 months. Furthermore, a larger percentage of patients referred to pharmacists for the management of ICS de-escalation successfully achieved de-escalation compared to those who were not referred. These outcomes reflect the important role pharmacists can play in identifying appropriate candidates for ICS de-escalation and assisting in the management of ICS de-escalation. Patients referred to pharmacists also received other services such as smoking cessation pharmacotherapy and counseling on inhaler technique and adherence. These interventions can support improved COPD clinical outcomes.
The purpose of de-escalating ICS therapy is to reduce the risk of AEs such as pneumonia and oral candidiasis.1 The secondary outcomes of this study support previous evidence that patients who have de-escalated ICS therapy may have reduced risk of AEs compared to those who remain on ICS therapy.3 Specifically, of the 14 cases of pneumonia that occurred during the study, 10 cases occurred while patients were on ICS and 4 cases occurred following ICS de-escalation.
ICS de-escalation may increase risk of increased COPD exacerbations.1 However, the secondary outcomes of this study do not indicate that those with de-escalated ICS had more COPD exacerbations compared to those who continued on ICS. Pharmacists’ recommendations were more effective for patients with less severe COPD based on baseline FEV1.
The previous GOLD Guidelines for COPD suggested LABA + ICS therapy as an option for patients with a high symptom and exacerbation burden (previously known as GOLD Group D). Guidelines no longer recommend LABA + ICS therapy due to the superiority of triple inhaled therapy for exacerbations and the superiority of LAMA + LABA therapy for dyspnea.7 A majority of identified patients in this project were on LABA + ICS therapy alone at baseline. The ICS de-escalation recommendation resulted in a 61.5% reduction in patients on LABA + ICS therapy at 6 months. By decreasing the number of patients on LABA + ICS without LAMA, recommendations increased the number of patients on guideline-directed therapy.
Limitations
This study lacked a control group, and the rate of ICS de-escalation in patients who did not receive a pharmacist recommendation was not assessed. Therefore, it could not be determined whether the pharmacist recommendation is more effective than no recommendation. Another limitation was our inability to access records from non-VA health care facilities. This may have resulted in missed COPD exacerbations, pneumonia, and oral candidiasis prior to or following the pharmacist recommendation.
In addition, the method used to notify PCPs of the pharmacist recommendation was a CPRS alert. Clinicians often receive multiple daily alerts and may not always pay close attention to them due to alert fatigue. Early in the study, some PCPs were unknowingly omitted from the alert of the pharmacist recommendation for 10 patients due to human error. For 8 of these 10 patients, the PCP was notified of the recommendations during the 3-month follow-up period. However, 2 patients had COPD exacerbations during the 3-month follow-up period. In these cases, the PCP was not alerted to de-escalate ICS. The data for these patients were collected at 3 and 6 months in the same manner as all other patients. Also, 7 of 35 patients who were referred to a pharmacist for ICS de-escalation did not have a scheduled appointment. These patients were considered to be lost to follow-up and this may have resulted in an underestimation of the ability of pharmacists to successfully de-escalate ICS in patients with COPD.
Other studies have evaluated the efficacy of a pharmacy-driven ICS de-escalation.8,9 Hegland et al reported ICS de-escalation for 22% of 141 eligible ambulatory patients with COPD on triple inhaled therapy following pharmacist appointments.8 A study by Hahn et al resulted in 63.8% of 58 patients with COPD being maintained off ICS following a pharmacist de-escalation initiative.9 However, these studies relied upon more time-consuming de-escalation interventions, including at least 1 phone, video, or in-person patient visit.8,9
This project used a single chart review and templated progress note to recommend ICS de-escalation and achieved similar or improved de-escalation rates compared to previous studies.8,9 Previous studies were conducted prior to the updated 2023 GOLD guidelines for COPD which no longer recommend LABA + ICS therapy. This project addressed ICS de-escalation in patients on LABA + ICS therapy in addition to those on triple inhaled therapy. Additionally, previous studies did not address rates of moderate to severe COPD exacerbation and adverse events to ICS following the pharmacist intervention.8,9
This study included COPD exacerbations and cases of pneumonia or oral candidiasis as secondary outcomes to assess the safety and efficacy of the ICS de-escalation. It appeared there were similar or lower rates of COPD exacerbations, pneumonia, and oral candidiasis in those with de-escalated ICS therapy in this study. However, these secondary outcomes are exploratory and would need to be confirmed by larger studies powered to address these outcomes.
CONCLUSIONS
Pharmacist-driven ICS de-escalation may be an effective method for reducing ICS usage in veterans as seen in this study. Additional controlled studies are required to evaluate the efficacy and safety of pharmacist-driven ICS de-escalation.

- Global Initiative for Chronic Obstructive Lung Disease (GOLD). Global Strategy for the Diagnosis, Management, and Prevention of Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (2024 Report). Accessed October 14, 2025. https://goldcopd.org/2024-gold-report/
- Global Initiative for Chronic Obstructive Lung Disease (GOLD). Global Strategy for the Diagnosis, Management, and Prevention of Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (2025 Report). Accessed November 14, 2025. https://goldcopd.org/2025-gold-report/
- Rogliani P, Ritondo BL, Gabriele M, et al. Optimizing de-escalation of inhaled corticosteroids in COPD: a systematic review of real-world findings. Expert Rev Clin Pharmacol. 2020;13(9):977-990. doi:10.1080/17512433.2020.1817739
- Rossi A, Guerriero M, Corrado A; OPTIMO/AIPO Study Group. Withdrawal of inhaled corticosteroids can be safe in COPD patients at low risk of exacerbation: a real-life study on the appropriateness of treatment in moderate COPD patients (OPTIMO). Respir Res. 2014;15(1):77. doi:10.1186/1465-9921-15-77
- Anderson E, Wiener RS, Resnick K, et al. Care coordination for veterans with COPD: a positive deviance study. Am J Manag Care. 2020;26(2):63-68. doi:10.37765/ajmc.2020.42394
- US Department of Veterans Affairs, US Department of Defense. VA/DoD Clinical Practice Guideline for the Management of Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease. 2021. Accessed October 14, 2025. https://www.healthquality.va.gov/guidelines/CD/copd/
- Global Initiative for Chronic Obstructive Lung Disease (GOLD). Global Strategy for the Diagnosis, Management, and Prevention of Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (2023 Report). Accessed October 14, 2025. https://goldcopd.org/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/GOLD-2023-ver-1.3-17Feb2023_WMV.pdf
- Hegland AJ, Bolduc J, Jones L, Kunisaki KM, Melzer AC. Pharmacist-driven deprescribing of inhaled corticosteroids in patients with stable chronic obstructive pulmonary disease. Ann Am Thorac Soc. 2021;18(4):730-733. doi:10.1513/AnnalsATS.202007-871RL
- Hahn NM, Nagy MW. Implementation of a targeted inhaled corticosteroid de-escalation process in patients with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease in the primary care setting. Innov Pharm. 2022;13(1):10.24926/iip.v13i1.4349. doi:10.24926/iip.v13i1.4349
- Global Initiative for Chronic Obstructive Lung Disease (GOLD). Global Strategy for the Diagnosis, Management, and Prevention of Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (2024 Report). Accessed October 14, 2025. https://goldcopd.org/2024-gold-report/
- Global Initiative for Chronic Obstructive Lung Disease (GOLD). Global Strategy for the Diagnosis, Management, and Prevention of Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (2025 Report). Accessed November 14, 2025. https://goldcopd.org/2025-gold-report/
- Rogliani P, Ritondo BL, Gabriele M, et al. Optimizing de-escalation of inhaled corticosteroids in COPD: a systematic review of real-world findings. Expert Rev Clin Pharmacol. 2020;13(9):977-990. doi:10.1080/17512433.2020.1817739
- Rossi A, Guerriero M, Corrado A; OPTIMO/AIPO Study Group. Withdrawal of inhaled corticosteroids can be safe in COPD patients at low risk of exacerbation: a real-life study on the appropriateness of treatment in moderate COPD patients (OPTIMO). Respir Res. 2014;15(1):77. doi:10.1186/1465-9921-15-77
- Anderson E, Wiener RS, Resnick K, et al. Care coordination for veterans with COPD: a positive deviance study. Am J Manag Care. 2020;26(2):63-68. doi:10.37765/ajmc.2020.42394
- US Department of Veterans Affairs, US Department of Defense. VA/DoD Clinical Practice Guideline for the Management of Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease. 2021. Accessed October 14, 2025. https://www.healthquality.va.gov/guidelines/CD/copd/
- Global Initiative for Chronic Obstructive Lung Disease (GOLD). Global Strategy for the Diagnosis, Management, and Prevention of Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (2023 Report). Accessed October 14, 2025. https://goldcopd.org/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/GOLD-2023-ver-1.3-17Feb2023_WMV.pdf
- Hegland AJ, Bolduc J, Jones L, Kunisaki KM, Melzer AC. Pharmacist-driven deprescribing of inhaled corticosteroids in patients with stable chronic obstructive pulmonary disease. Ann Am Thorac Soc. 2021;18(4):730-733. doi:10.1513/AnnalsATS.202007-871RL
- Hahn NM, Nagy MW. Implementation of a targeted inhaled corticosteroid de-escalation process in patients with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease in the primary care setting. Innov Pharm. 2022;13(1):10.24926/iip.v13i1.4349. doi:10.24926/iip.v13i1.4349
Evaluation of Pharmacist-Driven Inhaled Corticosteroid De-escalation in Veterans
Evaluation of Pharmacist-Driven Inhaled Corticosteroid De-escalation in Veterans
Development and Implementation of an Anti-Human Trafficking Education for Veterans and Clinicians
Background
Veterans may have a greater risk of experiencing human trafficking (HT) than the general population because of social aspects of health, including housing insecurity, justice involvement, food insecurity, and adverse childhood events.1-4 Since 2023, the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) has explored veterans’ experiences of HT through the Anti-Human Trafficking (AHT) Pilot Project. This quality improvement project evaluated: 1) development of clinician AHT training materials to enhance identification and response to Veterans experiencing HT, and 2) educational resources aimed at raising awareness tailored to veterans and clinicians.
Methods
South Central Mental Illness Research, Education and Clinical Center (SCMIRECC) facilitated two focus group discussions with AHT coordinators implementing the pilot at six sites. Based on discussions and leadership input, SCMIRECC developed a training curriculum, with bi-weekly readings culminating in a two-hour workshop. Training evaluation followed Kirkpatrick’s model using questions adapted from the Provider Responses, Treatment, and Care for Trafficked People (PROTECT) Survey.5,6 Veteran-facing materials, including a brochure and whiteboard video, were reviewed by two Veteran Consumer Advisory Boards (CAB). The brochures, whiteboard video, and awareness modules were developed and revised based on feedback from focus group discussions. VA Central Office cleared all materials.
Results
Coordinators were satisfied with the training (mean, 4.20). After the training, none of the coordinators (n = 6) felt unprepared to assist Veterans (pre-training mean, 2.25; post-training mean, 1.40), and confidence in documentation improved (pre-training mean, 3.00; post-training mean, 3.40). Veteran CAB members recommended simplified language and veteran-centered messaging. The coordinators found the brochures and training useful. Recommendations included adding more representation to brochure covers, advanced training, a list of commonly asked questions, and a simplified screening tool. Barriers included delays in material development due to language guidance under recent executive orders.
Conclusions
The AHT training improved coordinators’ preparedness and confidence in supporting Veterans with trafficking experiences. Feedback emphasized the value of concise, Veteran-centered materials and a practical HT screening tool. These findings support the continued implementation of AHT education across VA settings to enhance identification and response for Veterans at risk of HT.
- US Department of Veterans Affairs, Veterans Health Administration. Annual Report 2023 Veterans Health Administration Homeless Programs Office.
- Tsai J, Kasprow WJ, Rosenheck RA. Alcohol and drug use disorders among homeless veterans: prevalence and association with supported housing outcomes. Addict Behav. 2014;39(2):455-460. doi:10.1016/j.addbeh.2013.02.002
- Wang EA, McGinnis KA, Goulet J, et al. Food insecurity and health: data from the Veterans Aging Cohort Study. Public Health Rep. 2015;130(3):261-268. doi:10.1177/003335491513000313
- Blosnich JR, Garfin DR, Maguen S, et al. Differences in childhood adversity, suicidal ideation, and suicide attempt among veterans and nonveterans. Am Psychol. 2021;76(2):284-299. doi:10.1037/amp0000755
- Kirkpatrick D. Great ideas revisited. Training & Development. 1996;50(1):54-60.
- Ross C, Dimitrova S, Howard LM, Dewey M, Zimmerman C, Oram S. Human trafficking and health: a cross-sectional survey of NHS professionals' contact with victims of human trafficking. BMJ Open. 2015;5(8):e008682. Published 2015 Aug 20. doi:10.1136/bmjopen-2015-008682
Background
Veterans may have a greater risk of experiencing human trafficking (HT) than the general population because of social aspects of health, including housing insecurity, justice involvement, food insecurity, and adverse childhood events.1-4 Since 2023, the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) has explored veterans’ experiences of HT through the Anti-Human Trafficking (AHT) Pilot Project. This quality improvement project evaluated: 1) development of clinician AHT training materials to enhance identification and response to Veterans experiencing HT, and 2) educational resources aimed at raising awareness tailored to veterans and clinicians.
Methods
South Central Mental Illness Research, Education and Clinical Center (SCMIRECC) facilitated two focus group discussions with AHT coordinators implementing the pilot at six sites. Based on discussions and leadership input, SCMIRECC developed a training curriculum, with bi-weekly readings culminating in a two-hour workshop. Training evaluation followed Kirkpatrick’s model using questions adapted from the Provider Responses, Treatment, and Care for Trafficked People (PROTECT) Survey.5,6 Veteran-facing materials, including a brochure and whiteboard video, were reviewed by two Veteran Consumer Advisory Boards (CAB). The brochures, whiteboard video, and awareness modules were developed and revised based on feedback from focus group discussions. VA Central Office cleared all materials.
Results
Coordinators were satisfied with the training (mean, 4.20). After the training, none of the coordinators (n = 6) felt unprepared to assist Veterans (pre-training mean, 2.25; post-training mean, 1.40), and confidence in documentation improved (pre-training mean, 3.00; post-training mean, 3.40). Veteran CAB members recommended simplified language and veteran-centered messaging. The coordinators found the brochures and training useful. Recommendations included adding more representation to brochure covers, advanced training, a list of commonly asked questions, and a simplified screening tool. Barriers included delays in material development due to language guidance under recent executive orders.
Conclusions
The AHT training improved coordinators’ preparedness and confidence in supporting Veterans with trafficking experiences. Feedback emphasized the value of concise, Veteran-centered materials and a practical HT screening tool. These findings support the continued implementation of AHT education across VA settings to enhance identification and response for Veterans at risk of HT.
Background
Veterans may have a greater risk of experiencing human trafficking (HT) than the general population because of social aspects of health, including housing insecurity, justice involvement, food insecurity, and adverse childhood events.1-4 Since 2023, the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) has explored veterans’ experiences of HT through the Anti-Human Trafficking (AHT) Pilot Project. This quality improvement project evaluated: 1) development of clinician AHT training materials to enhance identification and response to Veterans experiencing HT, and 2) educational resources aimed at raising awareness tailored to veterans and clinicians.
Methods
South Central Mental Illness Research, Education and Clinical Center (SCMIRECC) facilitated two focus group discussions with AHT coordinators implementing the pilot at six sites. Based on discussions and leadership input, SCMIRECC developed a training curriculum, with bi-weekly readings culminating in a two-hour workshop. Training evaluation followed Kirkpatrick’s model using questions adapted from the Provider Responses, Treatment, and Care for Trafficked People (PROTECT) Survey.5,6 Veteran-facing materials, including a brochure and whiteboard video, were reviewed by two Veteran Consumer Advisory Boards (CAB). The brochures, whiteboard video, and awareness modules were developed and revised based on feedback from focus group discussions. VA Central Office cleared all materials.
Results
Coordinators were satisfied with the training (mean, 4.20). After the training, none of the coordinators (n = 6) felt unprepared to assist Veterans (pre-training mean, 2.25; post-training mean, 1.40), and confidence in documentation improved (pre-training mean, 3.00; post-training mean, 3.40). Veteran CAB members recommended simplified language and veteran-centered messaging. The coordinators found the brochures and training useful. Recommendations included adding more representation to brochure covers, advanced training, a list of commonly asked questions, and a simplified screening tool. Barriers included delays in material development due to language guidance under recent executive orders.
Conclusions
The AHT training improved coordinators’ preparedness and confidence in supporting Veterans with trafficking experiences. Feedback emphasized the value of concise, Veteran-centered materials and a practical HT screening tool. These findings support the continued implementation of AHT education across VA settings to enhance identification and response for Veterans at risk of HT.
- US Department of Veterans Affairs, Veterans Health Administration. Annual Report 2023 Veterans Health Administration Homeless Programs Office.
- Tsai J, Kasprow WJ, Rosenheck RA. Alcohol and drug use disorders among homeless veterans: prevalence and association with supported housing outcomes. Addict Behav. 2014;39(2):455-460. doi:10.1016/j.addbeh.2013.02.002
- Wang EA, McGinnis KA, Goulet J, et al. Food insecurity and health: data from the Veterans Aging Cohort Study. Public Health Rep. 2015;130(3):261-268. doi:10.1177/003335491513000313
- Blosnich JR, Garfin DR, Maguen S, et al. Differences in childhood adversity, suicidal ideation, and suicide attempt among veterans and nonveterans. Am Psychol. 2021;76(2):284-299. doi:10.1037/amp0000755
- Kirkpatrick D. Great ideas revisited. Training & Development. 1996;50(1):54-60.
- Ross C, Dimitrova S, Howard LM, Dewey M, Zimmerman C, Oram S. Human trafficking and health: a cross-sectional survey of NHS professionals' contact with victims of human trafficking. BMJ Open. 2015;5(8):e008682. Published 2015 Aug 20. doi:10.1136/bmjopen-2015-008682
- US Department of Veterans Affairs, Veterans Health Administration. Annual Report 2023 Veterans Health Administration Homeless Programs Office.
- Tsai J, Kasprow WJ, Rosenheck RA. Alcohol and drug use disorders among homeless veterans: prevalence and association with supported housing outcomes. Addict Behav. 2014;39(2):455-460. doi:10.1016/j.addbeh.2013.02.002
- Wang EA, McGinnis KA, Goulet J, et al. Food insecurity and health: data from the Veterans Aging Cohort Study. Public Health Rep. 2015;130(3):261-268. doi:10.1177/003335491513000313
- Blosnich JR, Garfin DR, Maguen S, et al. Differences in childhood adversity, suicidal ideation, and suicide attempt among veterans and nonveterans. Am Psychol. 2021;76(2):284-299. doi:10.1037/amp0000755
- Kirkpatrick D. Great ideas revisited. Training & Development. 1996;50(1):54-60.
- Ross C, Dimitrova S, Howard LM, Dewey M, Zimmerman C, Oram S. Human trafficking and health: a cross-sectional survey of NHS professionals' contact with victims of human trafficking. BMJ Open. 2015;5(8):e008682. Published 2015 Aug 20. doi:10.1136/bmjopen-2015-008682
Weekends Off on Clinical Rotations? Examining Clinical Opportunity Trends on Weekdays vs Weekends During Internal Medicine Clerkship Rotations in Veterans Health Administration Inpatient Wards
Background
The Accreditation Council for Graduate Medical Education (ACGME) mandates an 80-hour weekly work limit for residents.1 In contrast, decisions regarding undergraduate medical education (UME) are strongly influenced locally, with individual institutions setting academic policy for students. These differences in oversight reflect fundamental differences in residents’ and students’ roles in patient care, power, and responsibility. Considering rotation schedules, internal medicine (IM) clerkship directors have discussed the relative value of weekend vs weekday duty during inpatient rotations, a scheduling topic of interest to students as well, though these conversations are limited by a lack of knowledge regarding admission patterns. Addressing this information gap would inform policy decisions.
The Veterans Health Administration (VHA) is uniquely positioned to address questions about UME clinical experiences nationwide: annually, over 118,000 students representing 97% of US medical schools train at VHA facilities.2,3 We aim to compare the number and variety of patient encounter opportunities presenting during inpatient VHA IM rotations on weekdays versus weekends to inform policy decisions for UME rotation schedules.
Innovation
The VHA Corporate Data Warehouse will be queried for all admissions, diagnoses, and length of stay on inpatient IM services at the 420 VHA hospitals affiliated with US medical schools from 2016-2026. We will aggregate case data for day of week, floor, hospital, and Veteran Integrated Service Network (VISN), and determine number of admissions by weekday (Monday-Friday) and weekend (Saturday-Sunday). Weekday vs. weekend admission data will be compared using generalized mixed effects models for clustered longitudinal data. Heterogeneity across hospitals and VISNs will be explored to examine unique regional trends.
Results
We have drafted strategies to query and curate relevant datasets, developed a preliminary analysis plan, and await data deployment from VHA data stewards.
Conclusions
We believe this will be the first VHA-wide evaluation of patient encounter trends on IM services to examine potential training experiences for medical students. This will increase understanding of the critical role VHA has in developing the nations’ healthcare workforce, and how patterns of opportunities for clinical education may be distributed over time, informing decisions about rotation schedules to maximize students’ abilities to interact with, learn from, and serve our nation’s veterans
- Dimitris KD, Taylor BC, Fankhauser RA. Resident work-week regulations: historical review and modern perspectives. J Surg Educ. 2008;65(4):290-296. doi:10.1016/j.jsurg.2008.05.011
- Health professions education statistics. Veterans Health Administration. Accessed March 19, 2025. https://www.va.gov/oaa/docs/OAACurrentStats.pdf
- Medical education at VA: It’s all about the Veterans. VA News. Updated August 16, 2021. Accessed March 19, 2025. https://news.va.gov/93370/medical-education-at-va-its-all-about-the-veterans/
Background
The Accreditation Council for Graduate Medical Education (ACGME) mandates an 80-hour weekly work limit for residents.1 In contrast, decisions regarding undergraduate medical education (UME) are strongly influenced locally, with individual institutions setting academic policy for students. These differences in oversight reflect fundamental differences in residents’ and students’ roles in patient care, power, and responsibility. Considering rotation schedules, internal medicine (IM) clerkship directors have discussed the relative value of weekend vs weekday duty during inpatient rotations, a scheduling topic of interest to students as well, though these conversations are limited by a lack of knowledge regarding admission patterns. Addressing this information gap would inform policy decisions.
The Veterans Health Administration (VHA) is uniquely positioned to address questions about UME clinical experiences nationwide: annually, over 118,000 students representing 97% of US medical schools train at VHA facilities.2,3 We aim to compare the number and variety of patient encounter opportunities presenting during inpatient VHA IM rotations on weekdays versus weekends to inform policy decisions for UME rotation schedules.
Innovation
The VHA Corporate Data Warehouse will be queried for all admissions, diagnoses, and length of stay on inpatient IM services at the 420 VHA hospitals affiliated with US medical schools from 2016-2026. We will aggregate case data for day of week, floor, hospital, and Veteran Integrated Service Network (VISN), and determine number of admissions by weekday (Monday-Friday) and weekend (Saturday-Sunday). Weekday vs. weekend admission data will be compared using generalized mixed effects models for clustered longitudinal data. Heterogeneity across hospitals and VISNs will be explored to examine unique regional trends.
Results
We have drafted strategies to query and curate relevant datasets, developed a preliminary analysis plan, and await data deployment from VHA data stewards.
Conclusions
We believe this will be the first VHA-wide evaluation of patient encounter trends on IM services to examine potential training experiences for medical students. This will increase understanding of the critical role VHA has in developing the nations’ healthcare workforce, and how patterns of opportunities for clinical education may be distributed over time, informing decisions about rotation schedules to maximize students’ abilities to interact with, learn from, and serve our nation’s veterans
Background
The Accreditation Council for Graduate Medical Education (ACGME) mandates an 80-hour weekly work limit for residents.1 In contrast, decisions regarding undergraduate medical education (UME) are strongly influenced locally, with individual institutions setting academic policy for students. These differences in oversight reflect fundamental differences in residents’ and students’ roles in patient care, power, and responsibility. Considering rotation schedules, internal medicine (IM) clerkship directors have discussed the relative value of weekend vs weekday duty during inpatient rotations, a scheduling topic of interest to students as well, though these conversations are limited by a lack of knowledge regarding admission patterns. Addressing this information gap would inform policy decisions.
The Veterans Health Administration (VHA) is uniquely positioned to address questions about UME clinical experiences nationwide: annually, over 118,000 students representing 97% of US medical schools train at VHA facilities.2,3 We aim to compare the number and variety of patient encounter opportunities presenting during inpatient VHA IM rotations on weekdays versus weekends to inform policy decisions for UME rotation schedules.
Innovation
The VHA Corporate Data Warehouse will be queried for all admissions, diagnoses, and length of stay on inpatient IM services at the 420 VHA hospitals affiliated with US medical schools from 2016-2026. We will aggregate case data for day of week, floor, hospital, and Veteran Integrated Service Network (VISN), and determine number of admissions by weekday (Monday-Friday) and weekend (Saturday-Sunday). Weekday vs. weekend admission data will be compared using generalized mixed effects models for clustered longitudinal data. Heterogeneity across hospitals and VISNs will be explored to examine unique regional trends.
Results
We have drafted strategies to query and curate relevant datasets, developed a preliminary analysis plan, and await data deployment from VHA data stewards.
Conclusions
We believe this will be the first VHA-wide evaluation of patient encounter trends on IM services to examine potential training experiences for medical students. This will increase understanding of the critical role VHA has in developing the nations’ healthcare workforce, and how patterns of opportunities for clinical education may be distributed over time, informing decisions about rotation schedules to maximize students’ abilities to interact with, learn from, and serve our nation’s veterans
- Dimitris KD, Taylor BC, Fankhauser RA. Resident work-week regulations: historical review and modern perspectives. J Surg Educ. 2008;65(4):290-296. doi:10.1016/j.jsurg.2008.05.011
- Health professions education statistics. Veterans Health Administration. Accessed March 19, 2025. https://www.va.gov/oaa/docs/OAACurrentStats.pdf
- Medical education at VA: It’s all about the Veterans. VA News. Updated August 16, 2021. Accessed March 19, 2025. https://news.va.gov/93370/medical-education-at-va-its-all-about-the-veterans/
- Dimitris KD, Taylor BC, Fankhauser RA. Resident work-week regulations: historical review and modern perspectives. J Surg Educ. 2008;65(4):290-296. doi:10.1016/j.jsurg.2008.05.011
- Health professions education statistics. Veterans Health Administration. Accessed March 19, 2025. https://www.va.gov/oaa/docs/OAACurrentStats.pdf
- Medical education at VA: It’s all about the Veterans. VA News. Updated August 16, 2021. Accessed March 19, 2025. https://news.va.gov/93370/medical-education-at-va-its-all-about-the-veterans/
Developing a Multi-Disciplinary Integrative Health Elective at the San Francisco VA
Background
Integrative health (IH) combines conventional and complementary medicine in a coordinated, evidence-based approach to treat the whole person. Nearly 40% of American adults have used complementary health approaches,1 yet IH exposure in medical training is limited. In 2022, the San Francisco VA Health Care Center launched a multidisciplinary clinical IH elective for University of California San Francisco (UCSF) internal medicine and SFVA nurse practitioner residents. Based on findings from a general and targeted needs assessment, including faculty and learner feedback, we found that the elective was well-received, but relied on one-on-one patient-based teaching. This structure created variable learning experiences and high faculty burden. Our project aims to formalize and evaluate the IH elective curriculum to better address the needs of both faculty and learners.
Methods
We used Kern’s six-step framework for curriculum development. To reduce variability, we sought to formalize the core curricular content by: 1) reviewing existing elective components, comparing them to similar curricula nationwide, and outlining foundational knowledge based on the exam domains of the American Board of Integrative Medicine (ABOIM);2 2) creating eleven learning objectives across three themes: patient-centered care, systems-based practice, and IH-specific knowledge; 3) developing IH subspecialty experience guides to standardize clinical teaching with suggested takeaways, guided reflection, and curated resources. To reduce faculty burden, we consolidated elective resources into a centralized e-learning hub. Trainees complete a pre/post self-assessment and evaluation at the end of the elective.
Results
We identified key learning opportunities in each IH shadowing experience to enhance learners’ knowledge. We developed an IH e-Learning Hub to provide easy access to elective materials and IH clinical tools. Evaluations from the first two learners who completed the elective indicate that the learning objectives were met and that learners gained increased knowledge of lifestyle medicine, mind-body medicine, manual medicine, and botanicals/dietary supplements. Learners valued increased IH subspecialty familiarity and reported high likelihood of future practice change.
Discussion
The project is ongoing. Next steps include collecting faculty evaluations about their experience, continuing to create and refine experience guides, promoting clinical tools for learner’s future practice, and developing strategies to recruit more learners to the elective.
- Nahin RL, Rhee A, Stussman B. Use of Complementary Health Approaches Overall and for Pain Management by US Adults. JAMA. 2024;331(7):613-615. doi:10.1001/jama.2023.26775
- Integrative medicine exam description. American Board of Physician Specialties. Updated July 2021. Accessed December 12, 2025. https://www.abpsus.org/integrative-medicine-description
Background
Integrative health (IH) combines conventional and complementary medicine in a coordinated, evidence-based approach to treat the whole person. Nearly 40% of American adults have used complementary health approaches,1 yet IH exposure in medical training is limited. In 2022, the San Francisco VA Health Care Center launched a multidisciplinary clinical IH elective for University of California San Francisco (UCSF) internal medicine and SFVA nurse practitioner residents. Based on findings from a general and targeted needs assessment, including faculty and learner feedback, we found that the elective was well-received, but relied on one-on-one patient-based teaching. This structure created variable learning experiences and high faculty burden. Our project aims to formalize and evaluate the IH elective curriculum to better address the needs of both faculty and learners.
Methods
We used Kern’s six-step framework for curriculum development. To reduce variability, we sought to formalize the core curricular content by: 1) reviewing existing elective components, comparing them to similar curricula nationwide, and outlining foundational knowledge based on the exam domains of the American Board of Integrative Medicine (ABOIM);2 2) creating eleven learning objectives across three themes: patient-centered care, systems-based practice, and IH-specific knowledge; 3) developing IH subspecialty experience guides to standardize clinical teaching with suggested takeaways, guided reflection, and curated resources. To reduce faculty burden, we consolidated elective resources into a centralized e-learning hub. Trainees complete a pre/post self-assessment and evaluation at the end of the elective.
Results
We identified key learning opportunities in each IH shadowing experience to enhance learners’ knowledge. We developed an IH e-Learning Hub to provide easy access to elective materials and IH clinical tools. Evaluations from the first two learners who completed the elective indicate that the learning objectives were met and that learners gained increased knowledge of lifestyle medicine, mind-body medicine, manual medicine, and botanicals/dietary supplements. Learners valued increased IH subspecialty familiarity and reported high likelihood of future practice change.
Discussion
The project is ongoing. Next steps include collecting faculty evaluations about their experience, continuing to create and refine experience guides, promoting clinical tools for learner’s future practice, and developing strategies to recruit more learners to the elective.
Background
Integrative health (IH) combines conventional and complementary medicine in a coordinated, evidence-based approach to treat the whole person. Nearly 40% of American adults have used complementary health approaches,1 yet IH exposure in medical training is limited. In 2022, the San Francisco VA Health Care Center launched a multidisciplinary clinical IH elective for University of California San Francisco (UCSF) internal medicine and SFVA nurse practitioner residents. Based on findings from a general and targeted needs assessment, including faculty and learner feedback, we found that the elective was well-received, but relied on one-on-one patient-based teaching. This structure created variable learning experiences and high faculty burden. Our project aims to formalize and evaluate the IH elective curriculum to better address the needs of both faculty and learners.
Methods
We used Kern’s six-step framework for curriculum development. To reduce variability, we sought to formalize the core curricular content by: 1) reviewing existing elective components, comparing them to similar curricula nationwide, and outlining foundational knowledge based on the exam domains of the American Board of Integrative Medicine (ABOIM);2 2) creating eleven learning objectives across three themes: patient-centered care, systems-based practice, and IH-specific knowledge; 3) developing IH subspecialty experience guides to standardize clinical teaching with suggested takeaways, guided reflection, and curated resources. To reduce faculty burden, we consolidated elective resources into a centralized e-learning hub. Trainees complete a pre/post self-assessment and evaluation at the end of the elective.
Results
We identified key learning opportunities in each IH shadowing experience to enhance learners’ knowledge. We developed an IH e-Learning Hub to provide easy access to elective materials and IH clinical tools. Evaluations from the first two learners who completed the elective indicate that the learning objectives were met and that learners gained increased knowledge of lifestyle medicine, mind-body medicine, manual medicine, and botanicals/dietary supplements. Learners valued increased IH subspecialty familiarity and reported high likelihood of future practice change.
Discussion
The project is ongoing. Next steps include collecting faculty evaluations about their experience, continuing to create and refine experience guides, promoting clinical tools for learner’s future practice, and developing strategies to recruit more learners to the elective.
- Nahin RL, Rhee A, Stussman B. Use of Complementary Health Approaches Overall and for Pain Management by US Adults. JAMA. 2024;331(7):613-615. doi:10.1001/jama.2023.26775
- Integrative medicine exam description. American Board of Physician Specialties. Updated July 2021. Accessed December 12, 2025. https://www.abpsus.org/integrative-medicine-description
- Nahin RL, Rhee A, Stussman B. Use of Complementary Health Approaches Overall and for Pain Management by US Adults. JAMA. 2024;331(7):613-615. doi:10.1001/jama.2023.26775
- Integrative medicine exam description. American Board of Physician Specialties. Updated July 2021. Accessed December 12, 2025. https://www.abpsus.org/integrative-medicine-description
Harm Reduction Integration in an Interprofessional Primary Care Training Clinic
Background
Among people who use drugs (PWUD), harm reduction (HR) is an evidence-based low barrier approach to mitigating ongoing substance use risks and is considered a key pillar of the Department of Health and Human Service’s Overdose Prevention Strategy.1 Given the accessibility and continuity, primary care (PC) clinics are optimal sites for education about and provision of HR services.2,3
Aim
- Determining the impact of active and passive methods for HR supply.
- Recognizing the importance of clinician addiction education in the provision of HR services.
Methods
In January 2024, physician and nurse practitioner trainees in the West Haven Veterans Affairs (VA) Center of Education (CoE) in Interprofessional Primary Care received addiction care and HR strategy education. Initially, all patients presenting to the CoE completed a single-item substance use screening. Patients screening positive were offered HR supplies, including fentanyl and xylazine test strips (FTS, XTS), during the encounter (active distribution). Starting October 2024, HR kiosks were implemented in the clinic lobby, offering patients self-serve access to HR supplies (passive distribution). Test strip uptake was tracked through clinical encounter documentation and weekly kiosk inventory.
Results
Between January 2024 and June 2024, 92 FTS and 84 XTS were actively distributed. Upon implementation of the harm reduction kiosk, 253 FTS and 164 XTS were distributed between October 2024 and February 2025. In the CoE, FTS and XTS distribution increased by 275% and 195%, respectively, through passive kiosk distribution relative to active distribution during clinical encounters.
Conclusions
HR kiosk implementation resulted in significantly increased test strip uptake in the CoE, proving passive distribution to be an effective low barrier method of increasing access to HR and substance use disorder (SUD) resources. Although this model may reduce stigma and logistical barriers when presenting for a healthcare encounter, it limits the ability to track and engage patients for more intensive services. While each approach has unique advantages and disadvantages, test strip demand via both methods highlights the significant need for HR resources in PC settings. Continuing education for PC clinicians on low barrier SUD care and HR is critical to optimizing care for this population.
- Haffajee, RL, Sherry, TB, Dubenitz, JM, et al. Overdose prevention strategy. US Department of Health and Human Services (Issue Brief). Published October 27, 2021. Accessed December 11, 2025. https://aspe.hhs.gov/sites/default/files/documents/101936da95b69acb8446a4bad9179cc0/overdose-prevention-strategy.pdf
- Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration. Advisory: low barrier models of care for substance use disorders. SAMHSA Publication No. PEP23-02-00-005. Published December 2023. Accessed December 11, 2025. https://library.samhsa.gov/sites/default/files/advisory-low-barrier-models-of-care-pep23-02-00-005.pdf
- Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration: Harm Reduction Framework. Center for Substance Abuse Prevention, Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration, 2023.
Background
Among people who use drugs (PWUD), harm reduction (HR) is an evidence-based low barrier approach to mitigating ongoing substance use risks and is considered a key pillar of the Department of Health and Human Service’s Overdose Prevention Strategy.1 Given the accessibility and continuity, primary care (PC) clinics are optimal sites for education about and provision of HR services.2,3
Aim
- Determining the impact of active and passive methods for HR supply.
- Recognizing the importance of clinician addiction education in the provision of HR services.
Methods
In January 2024, physician and nurse practitioner trainees in the West Haven Veterans Affairs (VA) Center of Education (CoE) in Interprofessional Primary Care received addiction care and HR strategy education. Initially, all patients presenting to the CoE completed a single-item substance use screening. Patients screening positive were offered HR supplies, including fentanyl and xylazine test strips (FTS, XTS), during the encounter (active distribution). Starting October 2024, HR kiosks were implemented in the clinic lobby, offering patients self-serve access to HR supplies (passive distribution). Test strip uptake was tracked through clinical encounter documentation and weekly kiosk inventory.
Results
Between January 2024 and June 2024, 92 FTS and 84 XTS were actively distributed. Upon implementation of the harm reduction kiosk, 253 FTS and 164 XTS were distributed between October 2024 and February 2025. In the CoE, FTS and XTS distribution increased by 275% and 195%, respectively, through passive kiosk distribution relative to active distribution during clinical encounters.
Conclusions
HR kiosk implementation resulted in significantly increased test strip uptake in the CoE, proving passive distribution to be an effective low barrier method of increasing access to HR and substance use disorder (SUD) resources. Although this model may reduce stigma and logistical barriers when presenting for a healthcare encounter, it limits the ability to track and engage patients for more intensive services. While each approach has unique advantages and disadvantages, test strip demand via both methods highlights the significant need for HR resources in PC settings. Continuing education for PC clinicians on low barrier SUD care and HR is critical to optimizing care for this population.
Background
Among people who use drugs (PWUD), harm reduction (HR) is an evidence-based low barrier approach to mitigating ongoing substance use risks and is considered a key pillar of the Department of Health and Human Service’s Overdose Prevention Strategy.1 Given the accessibility and continuity, primary care (PC) clinics are optimal sites for education about and provision of HR services.2,3
Aim
- Determining the impact of active and passive methods for HR supply.
- Recognizing the importance of clinician addiction education in the provision of HR services.
Methods
In January 2024, physician and nurse practitioner trainees in the West Haven Veterans Affairs (VA) Center of Education (CoE) in Interprofessional Primary Care received addiction care and HR strategy education. Initially, all patients presenting to the CoE completed a single-item substance use screening. Patients screening positive were offered HR supplies, including fentanyl and xylazine test strips (FTS, XTS), during the encounter (active distribution). Starting October 2024, HR kiosks were implemented in the clinic lobby, offering patients self-serve access to HR supplies (passive distribution). Test strip uptake was tracked through clinical encounter documentation and weekly kiosk inventory.
Results
Between January 2024 and June 2024, 92 FTS and 84 XTS were actively distributed. Upon implementation of the harm reduction kiosk, 253 FTS and 164 XTS were distributed between October 2024 and February 2025. In the CoE, FTS and XTS distribution increased by 275% and 195%, respectively, through passive kiosk distribution relative to active distribution during clinical encounters.
Conclusions
HR kiosk implementation resulted in significantly increased test strip uptake in the CoE, proving passive distribution to be an effective low barrier method of increasing access to HR and substance use disorder (SUD) resources. Although this model may reduce stigma and logistical barriers when presenting for a healthcare encounter, it limits the ability to track and engage patients for more intensive services. While each approach has unique advantages and disadvantages, test strip demand via both methods highlights the significant need for HR resources in PC settings. Continuing education for PC clinicians on low barrier SUD care and HR is critical to optimizing care for this population.
- Haffajee, RL, Sherry, TB, Dubenitz, JM, et al. Overdose prevention strategy. US Department of Health and Human Services (Issue Brief). Published October 27, 2021. Accessed December 11, 2025. https://aspe.hhs.gov/sites/default/files/documents/101936da95b69acb8446a4bad9179cc0/overdose-prevention-strategy.pdf
- Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration. Advisory: low barrier models of care for substance use disorders. SAMHSA Publication No. PEP23-02-00-005. Published December 2023. Accessed December 11, 2025. https://library.samhsa.gov/sites/default/files/advisory-low-barrier-models-of-care-pep23-02-00-005.pdf
- Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration: Harm Reduction Framework. Center for Substance Abuse Prevention, Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration, 2023.
- Haffajee, RL, Sherry, TB, Dubenitz, JM, et al. Overdose prevention strategy. US Department of Health and Human Services (Issue Brief). Published October 27, 2021. Accessed December 11, 2025. https://aspe.hhs.gov/sites/default/files/documents/101936da95b69acb8446a4bad9179cc0/overdose-prevention-strategy.pdf
- Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration. Advisory: low barrier models of care for substance use disorders. SAMHSA Publication No. PEP23-02-00-005. Published December 2023. Accessed December 11, 2025. https://library.samhsa.gov/sites/default/files/advisory-low-barrier-models-of-care-pep23-02-00-005.pdf
- Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration: Harm Reduction Framework. Center for Substance Abuse Prevention, Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration, 2023.